You are on page 1of 423

402-108

SIX SIGMA TRAINING FOR GREEN BELTS WEEK 1

16Feb04 Rev C EC 0990-0196-04

D M A I C

Six Sigma Operational Excellence


Literature PN 1654520

Order from Literature Distribution Phone 717-558-1495 Document # 402-108 Literature Distribution # 1654520

Tyco Electronics Six Sigma Operational Excellence 2100 Paxton Street Harrisburg, PA 17111 USA All rights reserved. This material is company confidential and is intended for internal use in Tyco Electronics only.

Revision C, February 2004 Changes are made periodically to this document. Changes and technical updates will be added in subsequent editions.

Rev C February 16, 2004

INTRODUCTION

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Introduction

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-1

SPACER
S - Safety P - Purpose A - Agenda C - Code of Conduct E - Expectations R - Roles and Responsibilities

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION

Safety
Safety is always our first priority ! Please be careful of all work hazards, trip hazards, and bio-hazards! Specific safety issues including:
Safety equipment Emergency exit procedures Any other safety related issues

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-3

Purpose
Provide an overview of the Green Belt training program Explore the Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control (DMAIC) process improvement methodology. Construct a plan and use the tools and methods on the project that has been assigned

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION

Agenda 1st Session


Monday 8:00 - 8:30 Introduction Use of the Reference Guides Basic Quality Tools and Using Minitab (cont.) Measurement System Analysis FMEA Sampling Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

8:30 - 9:00 9:00 - 9:30 9:30 - 10:00 10:00 - 10:30 10:30 - 11:00

Introduction to Six Sigma Introduction to SPC Capability Studies Kappa Studies & Attribute MSA Interpersonal Management Skills and Dealing with Resistance

Introduction to Lean 11:00 - 11:30 Team Building LUNCH

11:30 - Noon Noon - 12:30

LUNCH LUNCH

LUNCH

LUNCH

12:30 - 1:00 1:00 - 1:30 1:30 - 2:00 2:00 - 2:30 Basic Statistics 2:30 - 3:00 Process Mapping And Value Stream Mapping Introduction to Minitab

Capability Studies (cont.)

Effective Team Meetings and Presentation Skills

Action Planning

3:00 - 3:30

Introduction to Multi Vari Analysis


Basic Quality Tools and Using Minitab

3:30 - 4:00

C&E Matrix

Summary Week 1

4:00 - 4:30

4:30 - 5:00
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-5

Agenda 2nd Session


Multi Vari Analysis Central Limit Theorem and Minitab Confidence Intervals Focused Area Improvement Event Hypothesis Testing t Tests ANOVA Chi-Square Correlation and Regression Control Plans Quick Changeover Project Management Introduction to Design of Experiments Techniques for Preparing Presentations Error Proofing

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION

Guidelines / Code of Conduct


Try to visualize what the DMAIC process should look like for your project issues If you have a question at any time - ask! Listen as an ally - How can I apply the DMAIC effectively in my process? Parking Lot will be set up to capture ideas There will be a lot of team activities - well be moving fast! Housekeeping
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-7

Expectations & Roles


Expectations You will have a better understanding of the DMAIC process and the utilization of the various statistical tools and Lean methodologies You will have a plan for use of the tools in your project areas by Friday What are your expectations? Roles Instructors: Participants - You

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB101-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Quality Tools and Statistics Reference Guide

QUALITY TOOLS AND STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

402-105
GB102-1

Purpose of the Reference Guide


Provide a supplement to the Power Point slides that are used during the weeks / sessions of Belt training Provide Tyco Electronics employees with a convenient reference resource for use when working independently or as a team Provide consistent training and resource material

GB102-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Obtaining Additional Copies


Controlled through Tyco Electronics Literature Distribution Ordering information:
Document Number 402-105 Literature Distribution Number 1307319

Maintained under document control

GB102-3

Major Topics
There are 6 major sections within the Quality Tools and Statistics Reference Guide The 8 Discipline Model for Problem Solving The DMAIC Process Lean Techniques Basic Tools Variability Glossary of Terms

GB102-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

The 8 Discipline Model for Problem Solving


What is 8-D?
A systematic process that describes, analyzes and identifies the root cause(s) of a problem Most frequently prescribed format for responding to customer complaints

When is it used?
When the product or process does not meet the documented standards When a process is operating out of control To resolve incidents of customer reported failures

GB102-5

The 8 Steps

CT

8 1 Celebrate and Define concern, Communicate Organize and Success Plan

PL AN

Problem Solving 6 Process 3 Implement & (8D) Contain Verify Problem Corrective 5 4 Action Develop Identify & Corrective Verify Root Action Plan Causes

7 Prevent Recurrence

2 Describe Opportunity/ Problem

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

EC CH K

DO
GB102-6

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

8D: Example Details


STEP 1: Define concern, organize, and plan
Define Concern Organize and Plan

1.Collect

data on production, sales, employee/customer, surveys and feedback, reports, memos, etc. that would establish that a problem exists in a particular area. Determine if data indicates patterns or trends. Are the standards being adhered to? 2.Identify problem topic or opportunity. What is the issue? 3.Relate topic to objectives, business impacts and processes. 4.Define purpose, objective, and scope of project.

1.If

needed, assemble a small team of 4-6 people. 2.Ensure that the team has a designated champion. 3.Identify problem topic or opportunity. 4.Define purpose, objective, and scope of project. 5.Reach consensus on: - Charter/Key operating boundaries 6.Gather team's ideas and opinions about the problem area. 7.Identify/define action plans.

Reference Guide: Section 1-9 Reference Guide: Section 1-9


GB102-7

Use For This Section on 8 - D


Can be used for training individuals or teams on this problem solving model Provides detailed guidance for teams attempting to apply the process to resolve problems
Suggests various tools to apply within the 8 steps Assists with selecting tools for data collection and decision making Provides a series of questions to ask at the end of each step

GB102-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

The DMAIC Process


The DMAIC model Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control is a rigorous, disciplined process used by Six Sigma Project Teams.

D M A I C
GB102-9

When To Use DMAIC


Black Belt Projects:
When there is a need to implement breakthrough improvement to a process of strategic importance to the Business When there is a need to introduce a new product design

Green Belt Projects:


When there is a need to implement breakthrough improvement on projects identified by service or process inefficiencies or product defects When there is a need for continual improvement on an established process

GB102-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Step 1: Define
Step 1: DEFINE Description: Leadership identifies a process that is not meeting the strategic objectives, establishes the scope and boundaries for the project and commissions a Black Belt to lead a Six Sigma project team.
Guidelines process owner has accountability and authority to make changes in the process. 2. Standards are being followed. 3. Identify the current state, the entitlement state, and GAP. 4. Team consists of a Black Belt, process employees, process owner and finance. 5. Process defined as an output statement. Boundaries should be established by identifying suppliers, inputs, customers, and output. 6. Identify internal customers by name.
1. The

Tasks to do / Questions to Ask Are the wasteful processes defined as an output? Which process requires improvement the most? Who is the process owner? Who are the subject matter experts? Who should participate in the improvement effort? What are the boundaries for the process? Who are the customers for this process? What are the customers requirements? What is to be produced? Draft specific description of each requirement in terms of physical and measurable attributes of the output. Review agreed-upon customer requirements. Validate the detailed description with the customer Define the project goals and savings.

GB102-11

What is the Result Of the Define Step?


Project commissioned by Executive Champion Project Charter completed Improvement opportunity identified Goals and savings identified Savings agreed to by Finance Subject matter experts identified The improvement team members identified The customers of the process identified

GB102-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Checklist Define Step


Is this process the most critical facing your organization? Has the Project Charter been completed? Has a Black Belt been assigned? Has a process owner been identified? Have the team members been identified? Have the boundaries, inputs and outputs been identified for the project? (Initial Value Stream Map) Has Finance endorsed the projected savings?

GB102-13

Define Step Leadership Questions


Identify wasteful process 1. How have you determined the boundaries to your process? 2. How does this process support external customer requirements? 3. What documented standards are being followed for the wasteful process? Commission Team 1. Who is the Black Belt? 2. Who are the subject matter experts? 3. Who will be responsible for implementation of this improvement? 4. What are the teams next steps?
GB102-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Reference Guide Lean Technologies


Topics include: Lean strategies and building blocks 8 wastes (value added vs. non-value added) Continuous improvement teams (Kaizen) Cycle time One-piece flow (JIT) Pull system (Kanban) Quality at the source: error proofing (Poka Yoke) Quick changeover

GB102-15

Reference Guide Lean Technologies, cont.


Topics include: Standard work; standard operations Takt time Total productive maintenance (TPM) Value Stream mapping Work flow: visual control and cell design Workplace organization: 5S

GB102-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

The Basic Quality Tools


Tools for collecting, analyzing and displaying data Tools for generating ideas Tools for reaching consensus Tools for documenting processes and planning actions

GB102-17

The Basic Concepts of Statistics


Types of data Managing a process Process Control charts Process Capability Measurement System Analysis

GB102-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

STATISTICS REFERENCE GUIDE

Glossary of Terms
Provides a convenient reference to the terms that are used most frequently within the Six Sigma Performance Excellence initiative Provides a guide to consistent use of terms

GB102-19

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Training for Operations Green Belts

Climbing to Operational Excellence: Black Belt Training: Introduction to Six Sigma


GB103-1

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Introduction To Six Sigma


History of Six Sigma Basic Definitions What is Six Sigma? Why is Tyco Electronics deploying Six Sigma? What is the implementation strategy for Tyco Electronics?

GB103-2

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

So many choices, too many buzz words

GB103-3

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

The History of Six Sigma


First publicized in the mid 1980s by Motorola as a means of organizing their Malcolm Baldrige initiative Jack Welch adopted in 1994 and implemented within GE
Gained notoriety in 1999 when GE reported that Six Sigma goals were tied to all executive compensation and that promotions within the executive ranks required the achievement of Black Belt status 1999 annual report stated that GE saved $2 Billion over 5 years because of Six Sigma projects

GB103-4

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

The History of Six Sigma, cont.


1985 - 1992 1993 1994 1994 1995 1996 1997 Bombardier 1997 - 1998 1999 - 2002

TI
Motorola

ABB

Allied Signal

Sony Crane Polaroid


Avery Dennison ECM Wirecraft

Dupont AMEX Ford


Lockheed Martin

GE

Nokia Siebe

Merrill Lynch
Broad Acceptance

Design

Refinement

Results

Competitive Awareness

New Technologies

GB103-5

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

The History of Six Sigma, cont.


Motorola Texas Instruments IBM / DEC / Kodak ABB Allied Signal GE Whirl Pool, Siebe, Polaroid 3M

Manufacturing

Research & Development Service

GB103-6

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Basic Definitions
Sigma A mathematical term used to designate the distribution or spread of any process around the average (mean) as expressed in standard deviations For a business or manufacturing process, the sigma value is a metric used to indicate how well the process is performing

GB103-7

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Basic Definitions, continued


Six Sigma Process
A disciplined methodology of defining, measuring, analyzing, improving and controlling the quality of products, processes and transactions with the goal of eliminating virtually all defects

Six Sigma Process Improvement


A comprehensive, flexible, but essential system to make our business processes more responsive, competitive and profitable

GB103-8

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Basic Definitions, continued


Entitlement
The optimal performance level that can be achieved by a process How would the process operate if it was centered and did not move

Lean
A series of qualitative tools that focus on process optimization through cycle time reduction and the elimination of waste

DMAIC
Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control: disciplined methodology utilized to manage Six Sigma projects
GB103-9

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Basic Definitions, continued


Process
The defined way by which all work gets completed Any activity or group of activities that takes an input, adds value and provides an output

Manufacturing Process
The defined way utilized to produce the physical product that must conform to a defined set of requirements

Transactional Process
All non-manufacturing processes

GB103-10

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Basic Definitions, continued


Six Sigma Champions
Organizational executives who are responsible for:
Sponsoring the Six Sigma project Launching the Six Sigma project Making site visits to see the team in action Attending the project review report-out meetings Removing barriers that are impeding project success, such as
Capital Human resources Red tape

GB103-11

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Basic Definitions, continued


Master Black Belt
The highest level of technical and organizational proficiency Provides the training for and assists the Black Belts

Black Belt
Key technical leaders responsible for organizational change and development ideally this would be a full time position Must have a comprehensive knowledge of statistical techniques, quality management systems, project management techniques and must have excellent problem solving and facilitation skills Responsible for oversight of several Six Sigma projects
GB103-12

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Basic Definitions, continued


Green Belt Provide the leadership for the Six Sigma Project Teams from concept to completion - rotate back to normal assignment when the project is completed, or is assigned to another project Must have statistical training Must have good facilitation and problem solving skills
GB103-13

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Qualitative Tools


Audits Benchmarking Brainstorming Cause and Effect Diagrams Design Review FMEA Housekeeping Process Mapping Quality Function Deployment Total Employee Involvement Workplace Organization

GB103-14

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma Quantitative Tools


Capability Analysis Check Sheets Control Plans Design For Six Sigma Design Of Experiments Gage Reliability and Reproducibility Studies Histograms Lead Time Analysis Pareto Analysis Statistical Process Control Statistical Tolerance Analysis

GB103-15

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Implementation Tools


Cellular Manufacturing DMAIC Design For Manufacturability Focused Area Improvement Event Just In Time (JIT) Kan Ban One Piece Flow Poka Yoke (Error Proofing) Predictive Maintenance QOS Quality Operating System Reviews Quick Changeover Supply Base Development

GB103-16

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

What is Six Sigma?


An approach to sustainable improvement that:
Moves us toward our goal of being a world-class company Fosters a common language and interplant cooperation Uses a disciplined process to drive capability improvement and eliminate waste Helps Tyco:
Develop expert personnel and future managers Increase capacity with minimal capital Meet productivity goals Improve customer service
GB103-17

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Is
A Business Improvement Process That Is Lead By Organizational Executives and Senior Management A Holistic Approach To Management Must Be Applied In All Areas Of The Company
Manufacturing Transactional
Service / Administrative Engineering / Design

6
Improve Control

Communications Intensive Fact Based And Results Oriented


GB103-18

Define

Measure

Analyze

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma New and Old


Whats new
Some analysis tools (C&E matrix, Multi-vari studies) Software (Minitab) DMAIC process integrates the use of the tools Train - Apply - Review format Application to Non-manufacturing and Design

Whats not
Some tools (DOE, Gage R&R) Team structure Continuous Improvement methods (Kaizan)
GB103-19

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Why Six Sigma Fails


Lack of visible support from Executive and Senior Managers
Lack of understanding of the Six Sigma process Business metrics not clearly defined Viewed as another quality program or a manufacturing program Reward system not linked to the outcomes of Six Sigma Inadequate / infrequent communications Not requiring the disciplined process (shortcuts) Insufficient resources
GB103-20

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

The Inspection Exercise


Count the number of times the 6th letter of the alphabet appears in the following text: The necessity of training farm hands for the first class farms in the fatherly handling of farm live stock is foremost in the eyes of the farm owners. Since the forefathers of the farm owners trained the farm hands for first class farms in the fatherly handling of farm live stock, the farm owners felt they should carry on with the family tradition of training farm hands of the first class farmers in the fatherly handling of farm live stock because they believe it is the basis of good fundamental farm management.
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-21

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Theory of Escaping Defects

Escaping Defects

Total Defects Per Unit


No matter how good your inspection and test processes are, the more defects you create, the more defects escape to the customer
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-22

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma .. A Process Improvement Methodology Based on Statistical Thinking


GB103-23

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Statistical Thinking
A habitual way of looking at work that: Recognizes all activities as processes Recognizes that processes have inherent variability and probably have non-value adding steps Uses data to understand variation / waste and to drive decisions to improve these processes

GB103-24

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma As a Statistical Concept


The Normal Curve +/- 3 : The Traditional Quality Standard

34.13% 34.13% 2.1% 3 2.1% 3

13.6% 2 1 1

13.6% 2

68.3% 95.5% 99.7%


GB103-25

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Sigma refers to the number of standard deviations between the center of the process and the nearest specification limit.
Three-Sigma Process

LSL

3 standard deviations

USL

Four-Sigma Process

LSL

4 standard deviations

USL

Five-Sigma Process

LSL

5 standard deviations

USL

Six-Sigma Process

LSL

6 standard deviations
Define Measure

GB103-26

USL
Improve Control

Analyze

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

The Sigma Level

PPM

2 3 4 5 6
Process Capability
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

308,537 66,807 6,210 233 3.4


Defects per Million Opp.
GB103-27

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

The Sound of Quality

Close your eyes and listen to a 6 sigma process, followed by a 4 sigma process.
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-28

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Dissecting Process Capability


Inadequate Measurement Capability Inadequate Process Capability Supplied Material Variation Inadequate Design Margin

LSL

USL

Defects

Defects

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Process Capability GB103-29


Measure Analyze Improve Control

Define

Why Deploy Six Sigma? Process Improvement That Is: Methodical Significant essentially error free Abundant
3.4

GB103-30

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Sigma Level and Cost of Quality


6

33

Cost of Quality :: 10-15% of Sales Cost of Quality 10-15% of Sales

Sigma Level

2
5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30%

Cost of Quality (% of Sales)

Whats Your Cost Reduction Opportunity ? Whats Your Cost Reduction Opportunity ?
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-31

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Why Deploy Six Sigma?


Customers Want Price Delivery Quality We Focus On Cost Cycle Time Reduction of Defects

GB103-32

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

The Basic Approach

The Right Projects

+
The Right People

= Better, Faster The Right Roadmap Results


+
and Tools

+
The Right Support
Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-33

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

A Proven Approach
Aimed at infrastructure to produce institutionalization
Leadership training to create understanding, goals, process review Champions form guiding coalition Black Belts lead projects and become coaches and trainers

Well documented, step-by-step roadmap that works


Process analysis Application of tools Establishment of process control

Training with aggressive project selection and results


Action learning: Plan - Train - Apply - Review format
GB103-34

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Overall Approach Practical Problem Practical Problem Statistical Problem Statistical Problem

f ( x1 , x2 ,..., xk )
Statistical Solution Statistical Solution

Practical Solution Practical Solution

Rev. A Printed 3/10/2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB103-35

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

The Six Sigma Process

Define Measure Analyze

D M A I C

Improve Control
GB103-36

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Step 1: Define
Identify the gap in meeting the Business strategy or objective Establish the scope and boundary for the project Identify the Black Belt and the project team members Establish the project goals and savings Obtain approval of the Senior Leaders

GB103-37

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Step 2: Measure
A functioning project team lead by a Black Belt A detailed process map reflecting the key process variables Measurement capability has been determined Baseline short term and long term process capability has been determined Initial determination of the appropriate qualitative, quantitative and implementation tools Confirmation of the project goals and savings Confirmation that the team consists of the right members
GB103-38

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Step 2: Measure Typical Activities


Process mapping Process FMEA Evaluate / implement a data collection process Evaluate / implement a control plan Process characterization / identification of the primary sources of variation Measurement R & R studies Process capability determination

GB103-39

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Step 3: Analyze
Comprehensive analysis of the process variables and the relationship to the product requirements Understanding of which inputs affect which output

GB103-40

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Step 3: Analyze Typical


Update process map, process FMEA and control plan Identification of the root cause of the variation through
Pareto Charts that analyze the data from several perspectives Cause and Effect Diagrams SPC Charts Multi-Vari Studies Correlation and Regression

GB103-41

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Step 4: Improve
Key process variables have been confirmed through the use of data and statistical experimentation Trial solutions are identified the efforts required and risks involved are documented
Trial solutions must attack the root cause

Solution must solve the problem / close the gap Project plan to transfer the revised process into sustaining operation

GB103-42

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Step 4: Improve Typical Activities


Process optimization using implementation tools Focused area improvement
One piece flow Kan-Ban Poka Yoke (Error Proofing) Design of Experiments (DOE)

Determination of the new process capability Updated process map, FMEA, and control plan

GB103-43

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Step 5: Control
The Six Sigma Operational Excellence project has been completed and has met the stated goals and savings Long term capability has been established Operational control plans have been developed and implemented The process is returned to the process owner for sustained maintenance Team final report includes identification of lessons learned and future improvement opportunities Team recognition
GB103-44

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Step 5: Control Typical Activities


Update all required documentation to ensure compliance with Quality Management System requirements Inspection plans / control plans Process specifications Quality specifications Product prints Workmanship documents Local documents work instructions Routings FMEA On going measurement collection defined / implemented
GB103-45

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Why Deploy Six Sigma?


Basic Tools Wall Design Wall

Seven Basic Quality Tools Green Belts

Statistical Tools For Process Improvement Black Belts


3 Sigma
Measure

Design For Six Sigma Master Black Belts

2 Sigma
Define

4 Sigma
GB103-46

5 Sigma
Improve Control

6 Sigma

Analyze

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma Improvement Focus


People Skills Capabilities Knowledge Material Reduce Variability Improve Delivery Reduce Cost Processes Reduce Variability Improve Capability Improve Cycle Time Reduce Errors / Defects Increase Yields Match Process to Design

GB103-47

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Some Benefits of Six Sigma


Cost Reduction Productivity Improvement Market Share Growth Customer Retention Cycle Time Reduction Reduction in Errors / Defects Culture Change Improved Product and Service Development

GB103-48

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Why 3 Sigma Isnt Good Enough


20,000 lost articles of mail per hour Unsafe drinking water for 15 minutes each day 2 unsafe landings at most major airports each day 5,000 incorrect surgical procedures each week No electricity for almost 7 hours each month 22,000 checks deducted from the wrong account each hour 200,000 prescriptions filled incorrectly each year 50 newborns dropped at birth each day
Source: QCI International
GB103-49

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Will Improve EBIT

Lower Total Cost of Quality

Improve Rolled Throughput Yield

Meet Customer Expectations At A Lower Cost Improve Throughput Volume and Delivery

Increased Revenue Increased Margins Lower Cost of Capital

Improved EBIT

GB103-50

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Areas of Opportunity Within Tyco Electronics


Design Manufacturing Defects Scrap Rework Variance Suppliers Administrative Activities Cycle Time Reliability

GB103-51

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

What Six Sigma Is Not


The Program Du Jour An Easy Fix A Broad Brush Approach The Universal Answer To All Business Problems A Self-sustaining Initiative A Statistical Program Free

GB103-52

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Integrating Six Sigma


Operational Excellence

New Standard

ent provem ous Im u Contin

Breakthrough Six Sigma


New Standard
ent provem ous Im u Contin

Breakthrough

Time
Define Measure

GB103-53

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Operational Excellence


Along with recognized industry standards will provide the baseline for a common approach to Quality Management and continual improvement Will provide increased emphasis on business process improvement during Operations reviews Will allow us to Plan For Quality Reduce the variability in our processes Improve the design process

GB103-54

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma Operational Excellence Implementation Strategy: Phase 1


Back To The Basics to drive immediate improvement
Preventative control plans for every major manufacturing process are to be reviewed, updated and enforced Operator certification to be reviewed and updated as required Utilize the Deployment Champions to manage the corrective action commitments for customer complaints Formalize analysis of material returned due to a Tyco Electronics error Implement a manufacturing process audit program Implement a shipping / dock audit program
GB103-55

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Operational Excellence Implementation Strategy: Phase 2


Launch Six Sigma Projects
Completion of the Executive awareness training Deploy Champion training on a Regional / Country level Complete initial training sessions for Black Belts on a Regional level Initial Six Sigma Black Belt projects completed and assessed

GB103-56

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 28 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma Operational Excellence Implementation Strategy: Phase 3


Breakthrough Improvement
Each Business achieves self-sufficiency Master Black Belts within the business are leading the organization to higher levels of proficiency Master Black Belts are training Black Belts Black Belts are training Green Belts Black Belts are managing multiple projects Design for Six Sigma is developed and launched

GB103-57

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Roles And Responsibilities Summary


Executives Lead change Own strategy, direction, results Champions Project Team Members Work on assigned projects All Employees Apply concepts within work area Work on assigned projects Key project leaders Black Belts Responsible for selecting the right tools
Control

Green Belts

Approve, launch, monitor projects Responsible for project activities Master Black Belt

Train & coach Tools expert


Define Measure

GB103-58

Analyze

Improve

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 29 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Six Sigma Operational Excellence Conclusions


Remember ----Six Sigma is more than the answer to a mathematical formula for calculating variability Six Sigma is a comprehensive approach to Business Process Improvement

GB103-59

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Primary Benefits of Six Sigma

Reduced process variation Outputs match customer requirements and expectations Measurable continual improvement Reduced costs Enhanced profitability

GB103-60

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 30 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Secondary Benefits of Six Sigma


Quality of products and service is improved Process investigation evaluates value-added status of each element (inputs, raw materials, operations) Mistake-proofing added to processes Better flow of inputs/materials toward output means less money tied up in inventory/WIP. Company can react more quickly to customer requests

GB103-61

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Obstacles to Success

Here comes another one


Cycle of doomed programs
Program launched with outward blessing of management Provision made for training Upper managers disappear after launching Program demands peoples time, but no time authorized Results fall short of promises Program pushed aside for next get-well-quick program
GB103-62

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 31 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SIX SIGMA

Overcoming the Obstacles


Senior Management visibly involved. Champion has the responsibility for removing roadblocks & authority to make changes. Black Belts and Green Belts receive training to lead teams to implement the data-driven improvement changes. Personal and project accountability and regular reporting to management.

GB103-63

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 32 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

D M A I C

LEAN Strategies for Operations Improvement


Rev C February 2004 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-1

What Is Lean?

Cycle Time Reduction


through

Waste Elimination
WHAT IS WASTE?

Anything that does not add value


Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, 1 - 2
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Value and Non-Value Added Activities

VALUE-ADDING ACTIVITY
Changes the information or product Done right the first time
Q uo te #1

Customer is willing to pay for it (Customer cares)

NON-VALUE-ADDING ACTIVITY
Process/Operation that take time, resources or space, but do not add value to the product or service
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 2, 1 - 3
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-3

8 Wastes Over-Production Waiting Transportation Processing Inventories Motion Defective Products Unused Creativity
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

Reference Guide, Reference Guide, Lean, Page 2, middle Lean, Page 2, middle

GB104-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Reference Guide, Lean, Page 2, Bottom


All work is a process of adding value. The value can be physical (manufacturing) or information (transactional). If you are the thing or data going through the process, what is your journey like? How often do you wait, take useless trips, or get reworked? What percent of your total time in the process would be for adding value? 95% Value Adding 5%
GB104-5

Non-Value Adding
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

Why Lean Implementation? What are the Opportunities for Six Sigma Projects?
Delivery Performance from cycle time reduction Labor savings from standard work, cells Manufacturing space from layout improvements Increased capacity from quick change-over Reduced scrap from error-proofing Reduced inventory from 1-piece flow, kanban

$ or $ ?
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, 2 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, 2
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, 1


Traditional Six Sigma deals with quality and capability: How can we eliminate defects? By adding Lean strategies, we also look at capacity: How can we do the work faster and more efficiently? Lean strives for the best combination of human skill and machines in an elegant process flow. Not all projects need both. The measure step in DMAIC will lead you to a good balance. To have the data to decide, measure the Lean factors of: Cycle time with value-added percent, Yield compared to theoretical, and Inventory.
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-7

Lean Measures
Total Process Cycle time ( Throughput time ) Process step cycle time Worker cycle time ( + total for all workers ) Machine cycle time Value added percent ( time ) TAKT time (customer demand ) Yield percent of theoretical ( parts ) Inventory levels before/after each step, + finished goods Change-over time
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

LEAN METHODS:
JIT + Autonomation Category Improvement Method

Value Added Operation Transportation Inspection Delay Process Delay Lot Delay
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

Operations Improvement Location & Layout Source Inspection & Error-Proofing Continuous Flow Synchronization (JIT) 1-Piece Flow

5% 10% 5% 80%

Reference Guide, Lean, Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, mid --bottom Page 1, mid bottom

GB104-9

Lean Tools: Improvement Step Applications


Error Proofing Poka Yoke Focused Area Improvement Event
Standard Operations

Workplace Organization (5-S)

LEAN METHODS:
JIT + Autonomation Kanban

Quick Change-Over
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, bottom Reference Guide, Lean, Page 1, bottom
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Lean Strategies
As a combined team, implement Lean strategies based on the data and analysis. Include:

TAKT Time p. 8 Standard Operations p. 7 Cycle time p. 3 Pull system, one-piece flow p. 6 Inventory levels p. 5 Cell design and workplace layout p. 9
Plan your improvements, implement the changes, re-run production, measure.
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

Reference Reference Guide, Lean: Guide, Lean:

GB104-11

TAKT Time=Customer Demand in Time Per Piece

Total Daily Operating Time TAKT Time = Total Daily Requirement 60 sec x 60 min x 7.5 hrs x 2 shifts TAKT Time = 3,600 pieces / day TAKT Time = 54,000 sec. 3,600 / day

= 15 sec./ pc.

Reference Guide, Lean, Page 8 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 8


Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Standard Operations

The objective of Standard Operations is to provide balanced production among all processes, with minimum labor and WIP inventories, through the best combination of people and machines.
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 7 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 7
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-13

Number of Workers Required

Total of Worker Cycle Times TAKT Time 5 + 10+ 8 sec. = 1.7 (2) Workers Required 15 sec.
That is machine time without any operations improvement. Is worker time different? Could the work be done with one person?
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 4 --5 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 4 5
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Improved Measures

Lot size 6 Floorspace, equipment _______ Production (min./piece FG) _______ Scrap _______ Inventory WIP _______ FG _______ Operators _______ Utilization of 1, 2, 3 _______ Total cycle time 1 pc (Red block time) _______ TAKT time (set by customer demand) 15 sec.

1 _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ 15 sec.

Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-15

Change-Over Time
Changeover time is a hidden waste. It is included in standard costs. Changeovers of < 10 minutes is the Lean goal. Set in + adjust = Changeover. (Good part to good part) Adjust is typically 90 %. 50% of the savings can be attained with no costs.
Reference Guide, Lean, Page 7 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 7
Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Workplace Organization (5S)

WPO is sometimes referred to as 5S, from five Japanese words for organizing the workplace:

Japanese 5 S
Seiri Seiton Seiso Seiketsu Shitsuke

5 S Translation
Organization Orderliness Cleaning up Cleanliness Discipline

Tyco Electronics 6 Ts (tools)


Proper arrangement Orderliness Clean up Cleanliness Discipline Safety

Reference Guide, Lean, Page 10 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 10


Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-17

Lean Tools:
Linkage to Business Objectives

Look first at the business objectives, then use the matrix to determine the most likely Lean tool to apply to that measure. Use in combination with Six Sigma statistical tools. The Lean tools will often be the how to fix for the problems identified in the statistical analysis.

Reference Guide, Lean, Page 11 Reference Guide, Lean, Page 11


Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO LEAN STRATEGIES

Six Sigma + LEAN

Balance the tools and strategies based on data. LEAN requires capable processes. One-piece flow only works with good pieces. Capable processes are no good if the cycle times create late shipments and unprofitable processes.

Rev C January, 2003 2003 by Tyco Electronics

GB104-19

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Introduction to Minitab Release 14

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-1

Objectives

Introduce basic Minitab functions

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Background
Minitab first introduced at Penn State in the late 70s
Started as a DOS based program and migrated to Windows

Heavily used in the academic world Reason for its use in our Six Sigma training
The industry standard for Six Sigma applications Used in other Six Sigma companies (GE, AlliedSignal, Motorola) Ease of use for beginning students Very strong user base in the former Tyco Electronics companies
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-3

Starting Minitab
Desktop Icon Desktop Icon Start Menu Start Menu

Windows 2000 Quick Launch Toolbar Windows 2000 Quick Launch Toolbar
Minitab Icon Minitab Icon

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Main Screen

Session Window: Session Window:


The Output The Output

Data Window: Data Window:


A Worksheet, not an Excel Spreadsheet A Worksheet, not an Excel Spreadsheet Column names are above first row Column names are above first row Everything in a column is considered to Everything in a column is considered to be from the same group be from the same group

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-5

Data Windows
Column Name Column Name Column Headers Column Headers T = Text // D = Date T = Text D = Date

Data Direction Arrow Data Direction Arrow

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Data Window

Enter Data into Minitab by


Typing it in Cutting & pasting from other programs Random number generators in Minitab Importing it
Excel, Text, ASCII, Dbase files, etc.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-7

Minitab File Types


Minitab Operating Files
Minitab has training files in its data subdirectory
C:\Program Files\MINITAB 14\Data

Minitab File Extensions


MPJ for Data Files (Projects)
Ex: Data.mpj

MTW For Data Files (Worksheets)


Ex: Data.mtw

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Worksheet Files versus Project Files


Worksheets = just data can be added to existing projects use Open Worksheet to open multiple worksheets must be saved as a project to keep together Projects = data, command line history, graphs, and analyses can store multiple worksheets and all aspects of analysis retain last settings used in dialog box hold all previous analyses from last save, as well as any graphs that were created use Open Project or toolbar button to open
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-9

Opening / Saving Worksheets and Projects

Projects

Worksheets

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Opening / Saving Worksheets and Projects

Save Project (Saves with same file name. Use Save Project (Saves with same file name. Use save as to save as aadifferent file name.) save as to save as different file name.)

Open Project (opens to Open Project (opens to


your default directory) your default directory)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-11

Pull Down Menus


DATA menu CALC menu

STAT menu
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GRAPH menu
GB105-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

The Pull Down Menus - Data


Manipulate Worksheets

Copy Columns Stack / Unstack Columns

Sort Data

Code Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-13

The Pull Down Menus - Calc


Calculator

Make Patterned Data

Create Random Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

The Pull Down Menus - Stat

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-15

The Pull Down Menus- Graph

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

The Pull Down Menus - Window

Moving Between Minitab Windows

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-17

The Pull Down Menus Help


Help StatGuide

Tutorials

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Editing Preferences

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-19

Editing Preferences

Increase the value of this number Increase the value of this number (200 is the maximum allowable value) (200 is the maximum allowable value)
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Short Cut Keys


Control C / Control V

Copies data / Pastes data


Control E

Same function as Ctrl E

Pulls up previous menu


Alt Tab

Moves you from one Windows application to another Ex:


Minitab to PowerPoint for making presentations Excel to Minitab for copying data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-21

Paste with Existing Column Names


When pasting a column with a name that already exists in the worksheet, Minitab automatically resolves the conflict by adding an extension (_#)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Description Indicators
Indicates there is a Indicates there is a worksheet description worksheet description Indicates there is a Indicates there is a column description column description

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-23

Other Easy-to-Use Features


Project Manager ReportPad StatGuide

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Project Manager

Tree-like navigator to view your entire Minitab Project or browse different windows Better able to associate session output, graphs and worksheets

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-25

Project Manager Example


Components of Components of your project your project Results of all data analyses and Results of all data analyses and graphs that you have created graphs that you have created Worksheets associated with Worksheets associated with your analyses and graphs your analyses and graphs

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Project Manager
Within Project Manager, Pop-up menus let you access convenient functions. (Right mouse-click on item to access
pop-up menu)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-27

Project Manager: Tool Bar

A Project Manager toolbar allows easy browsing of several types of windows

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Browse Session

Jump to session output by double-clicking title See graphs associated with session output Edit titles Open StatGuide Delete specific output etc

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-29

Browse Session Example


All data analyses and graphs All data analyses and graphs created during the Minitab session created during the Minitab session Results of one specific data Results of one specific data analysis performed during the session analysis performed during the session

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Browse Worksheets

Replaces Manage Worksheets Tile worksheets Rename worksheets Bring worksheet to front Save worksheets Close worksheets etc

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-31

Browse Worksheets Example


All worksheets associated All worksheets associated with the project with the project The selected worksheet The selected worksheet

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Browse Graphs

Replaces Manage Graphs Tile graphs Tile graph with associated worksheet Rename graphs Save graphs Close graphs etc

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-33

Browse Graphs Example


All graphs associated All graphs associated with the project with the project The selected graph The selected graph

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Browse Information

Provides information about the current worksheet: Column names Column counts Number of Missing Values Data type (numerical, text, date, or time) Column description etc

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-35

Information Example
Information about aaspecific worksheet Information about specific worksheet

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Browse History

Provides a history of all the commands you have used - in command language format Replaces separate History window

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-37

History Example
Complete history of your work in Minitab command language format Complete history of your work in Minitab command language format

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

StatGuide

Provides statistical guidance after you run a procedure in Minitab The StatGuide icon will only be available after a calculation has been performed in Minitab The tone is informal and practical, not like a textbook

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-39

StatGuide Topics
Version 14 Covers
Basic Statistics Regression ANOVA DOE Control Charts Quality Tools SPC & Quality Tools Reliability/Survival Multivariate Time Series Power and Sample Size

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

StatGuide Layout Example Example Detailed description Detailed description

Relevant output Relevant output highlighted highlighted Hot-linked definitions Hot-linked definitions Links to in-depth topics Links to in-depth topics
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-41

Exercise in the Use of Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Opening the Worksheet

Under Menu Bar, FILE OPEN PROJECT (for opening your previously saved projects) OPEN WORKSHEET (for opening just the worksheet with the data) File >> Open Worksheet >> Wine.mtw >> Open Note: Multiple worksheets can be open at the same time
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-43

Calculations and Transformations


Transformations are typical requirements in many analyses (both engineering and statistical) Some typical transformations of data needed include : natural log, square root, exp, log (base 10), and linear/nonlinear combinations Transformations are the result of simple mathematical calculations simple or complex Transformations and calculations are performed with CALC >> CALCULATOR

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Calculations and Transformations


Lets look at the WINE.MTW data Suppose we want a new variable: Natural Log of Aroma CALC > CALCULATOR Store result in variable: (type c8 or a variable name) Expression: (click in this box; then under Functions, scroll down to find Natural log and double-click on it; then doubleclick on the variable Aroma) Click on OK and your transformed data appears in column c8 If you didnt name the column previously, you can type in a variable name for the new column.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-45

Calculations and Transformations

Suppose we want a new variable that is a function of several of the variables. Well make column c9 = Quality 2 (Aroma)3 Re gion This can be done similar to the previous transformation, only now we can include either typing in the necessary numbers and symbols or using the calculator keyboard with our mouse clicks.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-46

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Calculations and Transformations

Click here to close the worksheet Click here to close the worksheet

Click No Click No

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-47

Creating Patterned Data

You can easily generate columns in the worksheet containing patterned or random data. This will be useful when creating data matrices for various types of analysis. Calc >> Make Patterned Data >> Simple Set of Numbers

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Creating Patterned Data


A total of 200 measurements have been taken on 10 samples of product. These measurements have been placed into one column of your worksheet. The first 20 measurements are for the first sample, the second 20 are for the second sample, etc. To identify these measurements with the correct sample you will need a column of numbers consisting of the value 1, repeated 20 times to identify the first 20 measurements as belonging to sample 1, followed by the value 2, repeated 20 times to identify the next 20 measurements as belonging to sample 2, etc. Calc >> Make Patterned Data >> Simple Set of Numbers Enter the values as shown in the dialog box at the right and review the result in the Worksheet.
GB105-49

This tells Minitab to start with the value 1, end with the value 10, and list each value 20 times. This will result in a column containing the value 1 repeated 20 times, followed by the value 2 repeated 20 times, followed by the value 3 repeated 20 times, etc.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Creating Patterned Data


Instead of grouping all of the measurements for each sample together, suppose that your 200 measurements are arranged so that the first measurement in the data column belongs to sample 1, the second measurement to sample 2, the third to sample 3, , the tenth to sample 10. Then this pattern of data entry repeats 20 times. To identify these measurements with the correct sample you will need a column of numbers consisting of the values 1 10 in sequence, repeated 20 times. Calc >> Make Patterned Data >> Simple Set of Numbers Enter the values as shown in the dialog box at the right and review the result in the Worksheet.

This tells Minitab to start with the value 1, end with the value 10, and list each value 1 time. Then repeat the list 20 times. This will create a column of numbers consisting of the values 1 thru 10, repeated 20 times.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Creating Random Data


Minitab has the ability to create random data from many statistical distributions including Uniform, Normal, t, Chi-Squared, Lognormal, Weibull, and more. This is often of interest or need to perform Monte Carlo simulations or to create an image of an assumed population from estimated sample parameters.
100

1000 observations from a simulated Normal distribution with m (mean) = 200 and s (standard deviation) = 35.

r equency F

50

0 50 150 250 350

simulated data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-51

Creating Random Data


Generate 1000 observations from Generate 1000 observations from a Normal Distribution with a Mean a Normal Distribution with a Mean of 200 and a Standard Deviation of 200 and a Standard Deviation of 35. Store the results in column 3. of 35. Store the results in column 3.

Generate the Generate the data and review data and review your results in your results in the Worksheet the Worksheet

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-52

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Creating Random Data

Column 3 will consist of 1000 random observations. Column 3 will consist of 1000 random observations. The distributions of these observations will be The distributions of these observations will be normal with a mean of 200 and a standard normal with a mean of 200 and a standard deviation of 35. deviation of 35. Note: Your results will not be identical to what is Note: Your results will not be identical to what is shown here. These are random observations, shown here. These are random observations, therefore your set of 1000 random observations therefore your set of 1000 random observations will be different, but they will have the same mean will be different, but they will have the same mean (200) and the same standard deviation (35). (200) and the same standard deviation (35).

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-53

Plotting the Data - Dotplot

Click OK Click OK
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-54

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Plotting the Data - Dotplot

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-55

Descriptive Statistics

View descriptive statistics for the View descriptive statistics for the data. data. Stat > Basic Statistics > Display Stat > Basic Statistics > Display Descriptive Statistics Descriptive Statistics Select C3 as the Variable (your Select C3 as the Variable (your random observations) random observations)
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-56

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 28 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Descriptive Statistics

Your results will be similar, but not identical, to Your results will be similar, but not identical, to these. The mean should be very close to 200 these. The mean should be very close to 200 and the standard deviation should be very close and the standard deviation should be very close to 35. to 35.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-57

Descriptive Statistics

Generate a graphical Generate a graphical summary of the descriptive statistics summary of the descriptive statistics

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-58

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 29 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MINITAB

Descriptive Statistics Graphical Summary

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-59

Introduction to Minitab
This concludes the basic introduction to Minitab. Additional capabilities of the software will be explored as we move through your weeks of Belt training.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB105-60

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 30 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Basic Statistics

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-1

Objectives
Introduce the concepts of Shape, Center, and Spread of distributions Learn about the Normal distribution

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Basic Statistics Fundamentals of Improvement


Stability
How does the process perform over time? Stability is represented by a constant mean and predictable variability over time.

Variability
Is the process on target with minimum variability? We use the mean to determine if process is on target. We use the Standard Deviation ( to determine variability

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-3

Variation
While every process displays Variation, some processes display controlled variation, while other processes display uncontrolled variation (Walter Shewhart) Controlled Variation is characterized by a stable and consistent pattern of variation over time
Associated with Common Causes

Uncontrolled Variation is characterized by variation that changes over time


Associated with Special Causes

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Variation Examples
Process A shows controlled variation Process B shows uncontrolled variation
X-Bar Chart for Process A X-Bar Chart for Process A
UCL=77.20 UCL=77.20

X-Bar Chart for Process B

80 UCL=77.27

Sample Mean Sample Mean

Sample Mean

75 75

70

X=70.98 LCL=64.70

70 70

X=70.91 X=70.91

60

65 65 0 0 5 5 1 0 1 0 1 5 1 5 20 20 25 25

LCL=64.62 LCL=64.62

50 0 5 1 0 1 5 20 25

Sample Number Sample Number

Sample Number

Special Causes Special Causes

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-5

Can We Tolerate Variability?


There will always be variability present in any process We can tolerate variability if:
The process is on target The total variability is relatively small compared to the process specifications The process is stable over time
LSL LSL Nom Nom USL USL

Cost

Acceptable Acceptable

Traditional Traditional View View

LSL LSL Cost

Nom Nom

USL USL New View New View

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Cost of Off-Target Production


Mazdas process Manufacturing of Manufacturing of Automobile Automobile Transmissions Transmissions

Fords process

LSL

USL

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-7

Process Improvement Data Analysis Tasks


Determine if process is stable
If process is not stable, identify and remove causes of instability

Determine the location of the process mean - Is it on target?


If not, identify the variables which affect the mean and determine optimal settings to achieve target value

Estimate the magnitude of the total variability - Is it acceptable with respect to the customer requirements (spec limits)?
If not, identify the sources of the variability and eliminate or reduce their influence on the process

We will now review statistics that help this process


Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Basic Statistics
Types of Data Measures of the Center of the Data
Mean Median

Measures of the Spread of Data


Range Variance Standard Deviation

Properties of a Normal Distribution

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-9

Types of Data
Attribute Data (Qualitative) Categories Good / Bad Machine 1, Machine 2, Machine 3 Shift number Counted things (# of Errors in a document, # units shipped, etc.) Variable Data (Quantitative) Continuous Data (Decimal subdivisions are meaningful)
Time (seconds) Pressure (psi) Conveyor Speed (ft/min) Rate (inches) etc.

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Selecting Statistical Techniques


There are statistical techniques to cover all There are statistical techniques to cover all combinations of data types combinations of data types

Outputs Attribute Attribute Inputs Chi-square Variable Analysis of Variance Correlation Multiple Regression

Variable

Discriminate Analysis Logistic regression

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-11

Sample Statistics vs. Population Parameters

= Sample Average

= Population Mean

= Sample Standard Deviation

= Population Standard Deviation

Statistics

estimate

Parameters

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Measures of Central Tendency


Mean: Arithmetic average of a set of values Reflects the influence of all values The balance point or center of gravity for the data Strongly Influenced by extreme values
n

x x =
i=1

Median: Reflects the 50% rank - the center number after a set of numbers has been sorted Splits the data in half. 50% of the data points will be higher than the median and 50% will be lower than the median. Robust to extreme values. A large change in the data may have very little, if any, effect on the median.

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-13

Mean and Median Example


As head of the universitys Communications Dept. you are asked to summarize the average starting salaries of Communications graduates.

$10, 20, 30, 40, 50 ($ in thousands) $10, 20, 30, 40, 50 ($ in thousands)

What is the average income (or center of gravity)?

What is the median income?

However, under the advice of the Public Relations Dept. you consider to including one of your former Communications majors: Shaquille ONeal (a rather wealthy rookie basketball star)

$10, 20, 30, 40, 5000 ($ in thousands) $10, 20, 30, 40, 5000 ($ in thousands)

What is the average income (or center of gravity)?


Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

What is the median income?

GB106-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Measures of Variability
Range: the distance between the extreme values of a data set (Highest - Lowest) Variance ( ): the Average Squared Deviation of each data point from the Mean Standard Deviation ( ): the Square Root of the Variance The range is more sensitive to outliers than the variance The most common and useful measure of The most common and useful measure of variation is the standard deviation --why? variation is the standard deviation why?

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-15

Computational Equations
N

Population Mean

Xi =
N
i 1

Population Standard Deviation

(Xi =S=
i =1

)2
n

Sample Mean

x x =
n

i=1

n
2

Sample Standard Deviation


Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

xi s
GB106-16

x 1

i 1

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Calculating Sigma

X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Mean square

X - X (X- X)2

(Xi X )2
i=1

n- 1
N

Problem: Using the form above, calculate the standard deviation for the numbers: 21354
Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

(Xi X )2
i=1

n- 1

GB106-17

Example

X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Mean square 2 1 3 5 4

X - X (X- X)2
-1 -2 0 2 1 1 4 0 4 1
N

(Xi X )2
i=1

n- 1

15 3

10 2.5 1.581139

(Xi X )2
i=1

n- 1

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

The Normal Distribution


The Normal Distribution is a distribution of data which has certain consistent and predictable properties These properties are very useful in our understanding of the characteristics of the underlying process from which the data were obtained Most natural phenomena and man-made processes are distributed normally, or can be represented as normally distributed

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-19

The Normal Distribution


Property 1: A normal distribution can be described completely by knowing only the:
mean, and standard deviation
Distribution One Distribution One Distribution Distribution Two Two Distribution Three Distribution Three

What is the difference among these three normal distributions?


Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

The Normal Curve and Probability Areas Associated with the Standard Deviation
Property 2: The area under sections of the curve can 2 be used to estimate the cumulative probability of a certain event occurring
Probability of sample value Cumulative Cumulative probability of probability of obtaining a value obtaining a value between two between two values values

40% 30% 20% 10% 0% -4 -3 -2 -1

68%

95%

99.73%

Number of standard deviations from the mean


Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-21

Empirical Rules for the Standard Deviation


The previous rules of cumulative probability apply even when a set of data is not perfectly normally distributed Lets compare the values for a theoretical (perfect) normal distributions to empirical (real-world) distributions

Number of Standard Deviations +/- 1 +/- 2 +/- 3

Theoretical Normal 68% 95% 99.7%

Empirical Normal 60-75% 90-98% 99-100%

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC STATISTICS

Summary Introduced the concepts of Shape, Center, and Spread of distributions Introduced the properties of a Normal distribution

Rev. C January 2004 2001 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB106-23

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Basic Quality Tools

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-1

Objectives
To introduce you to the 7 Basic Quality Tools
Dotplots / Histograms / Normal Plots Run charts / Time Series Pareto Diagrams Stratification (2nd Level Pareto) Boxplots Scatter Plots Marginal Plots

Show application of these techniques for Data Mining

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Plotting Your Data


The first three rules of data analysis
Rule # 1 Rule # 2 Rule # 3 Plot your data Plot your data Plot your data

Very little can be learned from looking at a long list of numbers. Statistics, such as mean and standard deviation, can be deceptive if only presented as numbers. Your data will be much easier to understand and to explain to others if it is plotted as a graph.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-3

Statistical Distributions
We can describe the behavior of any measurable feature by plotting multiple data points for the variable:
over time across products on different machines, etc.

The accumulation of these data can be viewed as a distribution of values The data can be represented in:
dot plots histograms normal curve or other smoothed distribution
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Dotplot Distribution

14

19

24

29

Thickness
Imagine a painting operation which is engineered to provide a Imagine a painting operation which is engineered to provide a thickness of 21 mils of paint. The actual thickness is measured thickness of 21 mils of paint. The actual thickness is measured on 150 separate samples and plotted above. Each dot represents on 150 separate samples and plotted above. Each dot represents one event of output at a given value. As the dots accumulate, one event of output at a given value. As the dots accumulate, the nature of the painting operations actual performance can be the nature of the painting operations actual performance can be seen as a distribution of thickness values. seen as a distribution of thickness values.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-5

Creating a Dotplot
Lets take a look at the Thickness of paint applied by a sprayer Open file DM Basic Tools.MPJ, worksheet Painting.MTW Use the column Thickness.MTW as the variable

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Histogram Distribution

Now imagine the same data, grouped into intervals with the Now imagine the same data, grouped into intervals with the number of times that a thickness data point falls within a given number of times that a thickness data point falls within a given interval determining the height of the interval bar. interval determining the height of the interval bar.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-7

Creating a Histogram

Once again we will use the column Once again we will use the column Thickness as the variable Thickness as the variable

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Smoothed (Normal) Distribution

Finally, we can view the data as a smoothed distribution (red line), in this Finally, we can view the data as a smoothed distribution (red line), in this example using the normal distribution assumption (well discuss this example using the normal distribution assumption (well discuss this later). It provides an approximation of how the data might look if we were later). It provides an approximation of how the data might look if we were to collect an infinite number of data points. to collect an infinite number of data points.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-9

Creating a Histogram with a Normal Curve

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Normal Probability Plots


We can test whether a given data set can be described as normal with a Normal Probability Plot If a distribution is close to normal, the Normal Probability Plot will be close to a straight line Minitab makes the normal probability plot easy Lets do one for the Painting.MTW data set

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-11

Normal Probability Plots

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Example Probability Plot

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-13

Exercise
Open the worksheet Distributions.MTW Produce a normal plot of each of the columns of data
Which appear to be normal?

Produce a histogram of each of these columns of data


Notice anything?

You have 5 minutes

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Normal Probability Plots

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-15

Time Series
So far we have looked at the data lumped together Another way to review the data is over time Lets review some commonly used time series methods:
Run Charts Individuals Charts

Lets switch back to the Painting.MTW worksheet

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Run Charts
A Run Chart applies some initial statistical diagnostic tests to the series

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-17

Run Chart
29

Thickness

24

19

14 50 Observation
Number of runs about median: Expected number of runs: Longest run about median: A pprox P-Value for Clustering: A pprox P-Value for Mixtures: 70 76.00000 9 0.16278 0.83722 Number of runs up or down: Expected number of runs: Longest run up or down: A pprox P-Value for Trends: A pprox P-Value for Oscillation: 102 99.66667 3 0.67530 0.32470

100

150

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Run Chart Tests for Randomness


Test Number of Runs About the Median Number of Runs About the Median Number of Runs Up or Down Number of Runs Up or Down Condition More runs observed than expected Fewer runs observed than expected More runs observed than expected Fewer runs observed than expected Indication Mixture (mixed data from two populations) Clustering of Data

Oscillation (data varies up and down rapidly) Trends in the data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-19

Run Chart
29

Thickness

24

19

14 50 Observation
Number of runs about median: Expected number of runs: Longest run about median: Approx P-Value for C lustering: Approx P-Value for Mixtures: 70 76.00000 9 0.16278 0.83722 Number of runs up or down: Expected number of runs: Longest run up or down: Approx P-Value for Trends: Approx P-Value for Oscillation: 102 99.66667 3 0.67530 0.32470

100

150

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Individuals Chart

An Individuals Chart looks like a Run Chart but now they apply some Process Control Limits to the data
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-21

Individuals Chart
I Chart of Thickness
30 UCL=30.57

Individual Value

25 _ X=22.03 20

15 LCL=13.48 1 50 Observation 100 150

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Data Mining
So far we have looked at all data together, giving us an overall look at the shape and trends of the data However, we still havent looked into why the data may be shaped the way it appears We can use some other graphical techniques to start mining the data for the reasons as to WHY

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-23

Boxplots
There is another method of looking at the data that may be easier to see differences in the distributions Boxplots show the spread and center of the data BE CAREFUL!

The center of the Boxplot is the MEDIAN, not the MEAN MEDIAN

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Boxplot of Thickness
Maximum value

Q3 (75%) Median (50%) Q1 (25%)

Minimum value Outlier (extreme value)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-25

Boxplots
We can also generate boxplots by a variable to look at the variation due to that variable

Boxplot of Thickness vs Nozzle


30.0 27.5 25.0 Thickness 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 1 5 Nozzle 10

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Pareto Diagram
Pareto Diagrams are an essential tool to help prioritize improvement targets Paretos allow us to focus on the 20% of the problems that cause 80% of the poor performance Lets open worksheet Quality Control.MTW

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-27

Pareto Diagram

Defects Counts Missing Screws 274 Missing Clips 59 Defective Housing 19 Leaky Gasket 43 Scrap 4 Unconnected Wire 8 Missing Studs 6 Incomplete Part 10

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Second Level Paretos


We can generate a second level Pareto using the By statement This breaks down the overall Pareto by time of day

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-29

Second Level Pareto


Flaws Scratch Scratch Peel Peel Smudge Scratch Other Other Peel Peel Peel Peel Scratch Scratch Peel Scratch Smudge Scratch Peel Peel Peel Peel Other Other Scratch Scratch Peel Scratch Smudge Scratch Other Scratch Scratch Peel Peel Peel Smudge Smudge Smudge Other Period Day Day Day Day Day Day Day Evening Evening Evening Evening Evening Evening Evening Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Night Weekend Weekend Weekend Weekend Weekend Weekend Weekend
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Relational Plots
Many times we wish to graphically review the relationship between two variables Scatter Plots and Marginal Plots are two effective methods for accomplishing this task

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-31

Scatterplot
Scatterplots study the relationship between two variables Lets look at an example where the both the Customer and our QC department measure the temperature of ovens set at 350 degrees Open worksheet Temperature.MTW

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Scatterplot
Scatterplot of Customer vs QC
390

380

Customer

370

360

350

340 330 340 350 360 QC 370 380 390 400

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-33

Marginal Plots
Marginal plots allow you to combine a Scatterplot and one of three other plots Histograms Boxplots Dotplots

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Marginal Plot (Scatterplot with Histogram)


Marginal Plot of Customer vs QC

390 380 Customer 370 360 350 340 340 350 360 370 QC 380 390 400

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-35

Marginal Plots

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Data Mining
All of the methods introduced have provided insight on how to graphically represent data Use of the data to answer the question of WHY is the product / process performing in that fashion is Data Mining Data analysis should follow some basic steps:
Look at the data (raw) to identify any abnormalities (errors, unexpected values) Analyze the data graphically to get a visual sense of the data Analyze the data statistically to get a numerical sense of the data

Lets look into this last point a little deeper


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-37

Review
When we looked at the three different distributions in the Distributions.mtw worksheet, we saw three totally different distributions (graphically) Lets look and see what these three distributions look like numerically We can use Descriptive Statistics to accomplish this task easily

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Descriptive Statistics
Lets look at the different data sets using some other techniques We will start with some Descriptive Statistics This will give us some insight as to the Center, Spread, and Shape of the data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-39

Descriptive Statistics
Center Spread Center

|<--- Shape Indicators --->| (Mean, Median and TrMean) What observations can we make from these numbers? Look at the Center, Spread, and Shape indicators The three distributions have the same values for their Mean and Standard Deviation, yet they are not the same
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Histograms and Normal Probability Plots

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-41

Mystery Distribution
Open worksheet Mystery.MTW Generate a Normal Probability Plot for the Mystery variable What is your conclusion?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Normal Probability Plot for Mystery Data


Probability Plot of Mystery
Normal
99.9 99 95 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 5 1 0.1 Mean StDev N AD P-Value 100.0 32.38 500 27.108 <0.005

Percent

50

100 Mystery

150

200

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-43

Boxplot for Mystery Data

150

Mystery

100

50

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Histogram for Mystery Data


60

50

40 Frequency

30

20

10

0 40 60 80 100 Mystery 120 140 160

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-45

Dotplot for Mystery Data

50

100 Mystery

150

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-46

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Graphical Descriptive Statistics


Looking at the numbers alone can be confusing Lets take a look at the data graphically and add the numbers to the output

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-47

Graphical Descriptive Statistics


Summary for Mystery
A nderson-Darling N ormality Test A -S quared P -V alue < M ean S tDev V ariance S kew ness Kurtosis N M inimum 1st Q uartile M edian 3rd Q uartile M aximum 97.15 82.78 27.11 0.005 100.00 32.38 1048.78 0.00716 -1.63184 500 41.77 68.69 104.20 130.81 162.82 102.85 117.66 34.53

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

95% C onfidence Interv al for M ean 95% C onfidence Interv al for M edian 95% C onfidence Interv al for S tDev 30.49
Mean

95% Confidence Intervals

Median 80 90 100 110 120

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

BASIC QUALITY TOOLS

Time Series Plot for Mystery Data


175

150

125 Mystery

100

75

50

50

100

150

200

250 Index

300

350

400

450

500

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-49

Summary
Introduced some graphical and analytical tools for Data Mining
Data breakdown (Pareto, Dotplot, Histogram, Boxplot, Descriptive Statistics) Time Series methods (Individual Charts, Run Charts) Relational graphical techniques (Scatter Plots, Marginal Plots) Pareto diagrams

ALWAYS PLOT YOUR DATA ALWAYS PLOT YOUR DATA


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB107-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Intro. to Statistical Process Control (SPC)

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-1

Objectives
Link Control Chart methods to the Process Improvement Discuss different types of variation Introduce a few basic Control Charting methods Discuss the interpretation of Control Charts

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB108-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

The Funneling Effect


MEASURE MEASURE
All Xs

1st Hit List

ANALYZE ANALYZE
Screened List

IMPROVE IMPROVE

Found Critical Xs

CONTROL* CONTROL*

Controlling Critical Xs

**Myth --SPC Is Only Used As A Control Tool Myth SPC Is Only Used As A Control Tool
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

We Need Ways of Interpreting Data


Everyday we are flooded by data and we are forced to make decisions:
Plants Output Decreases By 4% US Trade Deficit Rises By $40 Billion Company Xs Earnings Are Off $240 Million From Previous Quarter

Should We Take Action ?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-5

How Do We Manage Data Historically


Pain & Suffering
Lower Customer Requirement (Lower Spec)

Leave It Alone It Aint Broke

Pain & Suffering


Upper Customer Requirement (Upper Spec)

THIS METHOD

Tells you where you are in regards to customers needs It will NOT tell you how you got there or what to do next
Pressure To Achieve Customer Requirements Will Cause One To :
1. Actually fix the process 2. Sabotage the process 3. Sabotage the data (integrity)
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Variation Example:
Special vs. Common Cause
The factory scrap level is at a year low of 1.5% Manager presents an award to the plant Ceremony in the cafeteria: pizza and refreshments for all! Everyone should be proud of what youve accomplished Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%) 3

2 Party Time Party Time 1 JJF M A F M A 1996 1997

Derived from Understanding Variation: The Key To Managing Chaos, Donald J. Wheeler, SPC Press. 1993.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-7

Variation Example:
Special vs. Common Cause
Three consecutive months of scrap increases Manager wishes he could take back the award Instead of holding the gains, scrap went right back up 3 Manager decides: Recognition has backfired. This group needs tough management!

Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%)

2 1 JJ F M A M JJ JJ F M A M 1996

Manager wants to take back award Manager wants to take back award

1997

Derived from Understanding Variation: The Key To Managing Chaos, Donald J. Wheeler, SPC Press. 1993.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Variation Example:
Special vs. Common Cause
By November, scrap has risen to a value of 2.6% - Year High Manager decides to take action A special meeting is called to solve this problem once and for all After a sound lecture on the importance of scrap, the manager leaves. Employees arent sure what to do. Besides, they have other metrics which are more important. So they do nothing.

Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%)

2 1 JJ F M A M JJ JJ A S O N D F M A M A S O N D 1996

No more Soft Management No more Soft Management

1997

Derived from Understanding Variation: The Key To Managing Chaos, Donald J. Wheeler, SPC Press. 1993.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-9

Variation Example:
Special vs. Common Cause
Manager has seen reduced scrap levels since the end of last year. Things are looking-up! (REMEMBER: Nothing had been done to change the system) His take away: A tough management style gets results! Manager concludes: Manager concludes: Tough Love Makes Things Happen Tough Love Makes Things Happen 3

Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%)

2 1 JJ F M A M JJ JJ A S O N D F M A M A S O N D 1996
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

JJF M A M JJ F M A M 1997

Derived from Understanding Variation: The Key To Managing Chaos, Donald J. Wheeler, SPC Press. 1993.

GB108-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Variation Example:
Special vs. Common Cause

What might this data look like on a control chart?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-11

The REAL Story!!


The Voice of the Process

Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%)

UCL

2 1 JJ F M A M JJ JJ A S O N D F M A M A S O N D 1996 JJF M M JJ JJA S O F M M A S O 1997

LCL

Let the Process do the talking! !


Derived from Understanding Variation: The Key To Managing Chaos, Donald J. Wheeler, SPC Press. 1993.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

The Control Chart Tells A Different Story Why?


Manager Hey, I made my decision based on data - How can I be wrong ? Belt Your decisions were made from observing high and low points as signals, when in reality, it was all noise (Common Cause Variation). Look at the data, there has been no significant change in the process.
Manager concludes, Tough Manager concludes, Tough Love Makes Things Happen! Love Makes Things Happen! 3 Scrap Level (%) Scrap Level (%) UCL

2 1 JF M A M J J A S O N D JF M A M J J A S O N D 1996 Party Time Party Time JF M M J JA S O JF M M J JA S O 1997 Manager Wants No more soft management Manager Wants No more soft management To Take Back Award To Take Back Award

LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-13

Control Chart Methods

Failure to use control charts to analyze data is one of Failure to use control charts to analyze data is one of the best ways known to mankind to increase costs, the best ways known to mankind to increase costs, waste effort, and lower morale. waste effort, and lower morale. --Dr. Donald J. Wheeler Dr. Donald J. Wheeler

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Control Chart Methods Where Did It Come From?


1920s - Western Electric / Dr. Walter Shewhart Used to identify Controlled & Uncontrolled Variation
Controlled: a.k.a. Common Cause or Inherent (Noise) Uncontrolled: a.k.a Special Cause or Assignable (Signals)

Tries to find the process signals in all of the noise Uses Control Charts as main tool

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-15

Types of Variation:
Common vs. Special
COMMON CAUSE (Noise) Is present in every process Is produced by the process itself (the way we do business) Can be removed and/or lessened but requires a fundamental change in the process

A process is Stable, Predictable, and In-Control when only Common Cause Variation exists in the process

* note - if subgroups are used, the common cause variation is a function of sub-grouping choices

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Types of Variation:
Common vs. Special
SPECIAL CAUSE (Signals) Unpredictable Typically large in comparison to Common Cause variation Caused by unique disturbances or a series of them Can be removed/lessened by basic process control and monitoring A process exhibiting Special Cause variation is said to be Out-of-Control and Unstable

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-17

The Basic Control Chart:


Key Components

MONITORED CHARACTERISTIC

UCL Plotted Data Center Line

LCL

DATA PLOTTED OVER TIME

UCL = Upper Control Limit

LCL = Lower Control Limit

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Control Chart Components UCL versus LCL

UCL

LCL

What % of data points should fall between the UCL and LCL ? If a point falls beyond the UCL or LCL does this mean we are making a defect for the customer ?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-19

UCL and LCL vs. USL and LSL


Upper Control Limits = UCL Lower Control Limits = LCL Upper Specification Limits = USL Lower Specification Limits = LSL

Is The Process Below Making Defects ?

UCL USL LSL LCL

TIME

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

UCL and LCL vs. USL and LSL


Upper Control Limits = UCL Lower Control Limits = LCL Upper Specification Limits = USL Lower Specification Limits = LSL

Is The Process Below Making Defects ?


USL UCL

LCL LSL
TIME

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-21

UCL and LCL vs. USL and LSL


Process Control Limits are calculated based on data from the process itself They are based on +/- 3 (99.73% of the process variation is expected to fall between these limits) Product Specification Limits ARE NOT found on the control chart Understanding how the process matches up against customer requirements IS important to know

To determine how the process performs to Customer Expectations, a Process Capability Study is required

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

UCL and LCL vs. USL and LSL

TWO BIG CONTROL CHART ERRORS # 1) Putting specification limits on a Control Chart #2 ) Treating UCL and LCL as a specification limit

When you do either of these the control chart becomes just an inspection tool - its no longer a control chart UCL / LCL are not directly tied to customer defects !
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-23

Major Types of Control Charts Variables Charts


X-Bar / R Chart X-Bar / s Chart I-MR Chart

Attribute Charts
I-MR Chart p-Chart np-Chart c-Chart u-Chart
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Two General Kinds of Data


VARIABLE The data are continuous (measured)
Results from the actual measuring of a characteristic such as diameter of a hose, electrical resistance, weight of a unit , etc.

ATTRIBUTE The data are generally counted


Results from using go/no-go gages, inspection of visual defects, quantity of missing parts, pass/fail or yes/no decisions, etc.
GB108-25

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Exercise: What Type of Data?


(1) Length of connector housings produced by a molding press (2) Average production rate of the manufacturing lines in a building (3) Number of printing defects on a package label (4) Number of typographical errors per Sales Contract (5) Number units failing test in monthly production (6) Percent failed units in Monthly Production (7) Amount of time taken to close an Account Receivable (8) Number of parts with defects per 100 parts produced

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Choosing the Correct Control Chart


Variable
What Type Of Data ? Data Collected In Groups or Individuals ? Counting Specific Defects or Defective Items ?

Discrete

GROUPS (Averages) (n>1)

INDIVIDUAL VALUES (n=1)

Specific Types Of Defects

Defective Items

X-Bar R X-Bar S
NOTE: X-Bar S is appropriate for subgroup sizes (n) of > 10

Individuals Moving Range

Is The Probability Of A Defect Low ? Poisson Distribution YES

NO

If You Know How Many Are Bad, Do You Know How Many Are Good? Binomial Distribution YES

Individuals Moving Range

Area of Opportunity Constant In Each Sample Size ?

Constant Sample Size ?

NO

YES

NO

YES

U Chart

C Chart

P Chart

NP Chart

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-27

Minitab Control Charts

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Control Charts Tests


A set of standard tests have been created to help identify SPECIAL CAUSE events present in our process We use the phrase Out of Control when the points on the chart have failed a test.
Test #1: One point outside the UCL or LCL (3-sigma limit) Test #1: One point outside the UCL or LCL (3-sigma limit) Test #2: Two of three consecutive outside the 2-sigma limit Test #2: Two of three consecutive outside the 2-sigma limit Test #3: Four of five consecutive outside the one-sigma limit Test #3: Four of five consecutive outside the one-sigma limit Test #4: Nine consecutive on one side of the center line Test #4: Nine consecutive on one side of the center line Pattern Test: A pattern repeats itself (#cycles xx#points in pattern >15) Pattern Test: A pattern repeats itself (#cycles #points in pattern >15)

The Tests We Will Use: The Tests We Will Use:

When any of the points on the chart fail a test, it means something unusual has happened Go Check It Out !!
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-29

Detecting Lack of Control

Rules Of The Road


(1) Start with Test #1 and Pattern Detection test (2) If higher sensitivity is needed, also use tests #2, 3, & 4 The Tests We Will Use: The Tests We Will Use:

Test #1: One point outside the UCL or LCL (3-sigma limit) Test #1: One point outside the UCL or LCL (3-sigma limit) Test #2: Two of three consecutive outside the 2-sigma limit Test #2: Two of three consecutive outside the 2-sigma limit Test #3: Four of five consecutive outside the one-sigma limit Test #3: Four of five consecutive outside the one-sigma limit Test #4: Nine consecutive on one side of the center line Test #4: Nine consecutive on one side of the center line Pattern Test: A pattern repeats itself Pattern Test: A pattern repeats itself

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Rules of Standard Deviation:


Where Does the Data Lie?

UCL
3 Sigma The Item We Are Measuring 2 Sigma 1 Sigma 1 Sigma 2 Sigma 3 Sigma

% of Data Points 99-99.9% 90-98% 60-75%

LCL
TIME
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-31

Minitab Tests for Lack of Control

Test #1 Test #4 Trend Test #2 Test #3

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Control Charts:
Individual / Moving Range Use:
When its inconvenient or impossible to obtain more than one measurement per sample When technology allows for easy measurement of every unit at minimal cost Data availability is sparse

Variation
Short Term: Represented by the variation from one unit to the next (Moving Range chart) Long Term: Represented by a long sequence of such events (Individuals chart)

Charts are Based on a Subgroup Size of 1


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-33

Minitab Exercise:
Individuals / Moving Range
Open worksheet: Individual MR.MTW

in DM SPC.MPJ
Stat > Control Charts > Variables Charts for Individuals > I-MR Variable = Errors

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Minitab Exercise:
Individuals / Moving Range Output
I-MR Chart of Errors
10 Individual V alue U C L=10.13

_ X=4.04

0 LC L=-2.05 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 O bser vation 16 18 20 22 24

8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 O bser vation 16 18 20 22 24

U C L=7.488

M oving Range

__ M R=2.292

LC L=0

What are the charts telling you? Are the process data stable?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-35

Requirements for Effective Use of Control Charts


Management MUST establish and support an environment that promotes proper action and support to the information collected on the control charts Control Charts are implemented ONLY on Key Processes on which improvement will bring benefit to the organization and/or the customer Data collected from the process is validated through the use of a CAPABLE measurement system

Biggest Failure Of Control Chart Programs


Flood the system with control charts, then dont take action on the data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Control Charts Sampling vs. 100% Inspection


Control Chart sampling is a simple and effective method for process understanding If actions are taken to eliminate special causes (stabilize the process) and capability is proven, 100% Inspection can be eliminated (but beware of customer specified inspection plans)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-37

Exercises

Open the Minitab Project File DM SPC.MPJ Practice Creating Control Charts using the Worksheets contained in this project file

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Tests for Statistical Control

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-39

Normal Variation
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Zone Test 1:
Range Chart

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-41

Zone Test 1:
Average Chart Any Point Outside the Control Limit Any Point Outside the Control Limit
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Zone Test 2:
Range Chart Two of Three Points in Zone A Two of Three Points in Zone A
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-43

Zone Test 2:
Average Chart Two of three successive points in Zone A Two of three successive points in Zone A
14 13 12 A B C C B A

UCL Xdbar LCL

XBAR

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Zone Test 3:
Range Chart Four of Five successive points in Zone B and Beyond Four of Five successive points in Zone B and Beyond
14 13

XBAR

12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-45

Zone Test 3:
Average Chart Four of Five successive points in Zone B and Beyond Four of Five successive points in Zone B and Beyond
14 13 12 A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL X-dbar LCL

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL R-bar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-46

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Zone Test 4:
Range Chart Eight successive points in Zone C and Beyond, on the Eight successive points in Zone C and Beyond, on the same Side of the Center Line same Side of the Center Line
14 13 12 A B C C B A

UCL Xdbar LCL

XBAR

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-47

Zone Test 4:
Average Chart Eight successive points in Zone C and Beyond, on the Eight successive points in Zone C and Beyond, on the same Side of the Center Line same Side of the Center Line
14 13 12 A B C C B A

UCL Xdbar LCL

XBAR

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Trend Test:
Range Chart Seven Consecutive Points Without a Major Change in Seven Consecutive Points Without a Major Change in Direction Direction
14 13 12 A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL UCL

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-49

Trend Test:
Average Chart Seven Consecutive Points Without a Major Change in Seven Consecutive Points Without a Major Change in Direction Direction
14 13 12 A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

11 10 9 8 5

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Mixture Test:
Average Chart Eight or more points fall on both sides of centerline in Eight or more points fall on both sides of centerline in Zones A & B, with none in Zone C. Zones A & B, with none in Zone C.
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL UCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20

Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-51

Stratification Test:
Average Chart Fifteen or more consecutive points in either C Zone; Fifteen or more consecutive points in either C Zone; few or no points beyond Zone C few or no points beyond Zone C
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 5 10 15 20 A B C C B A

UCL Ave LCL

XBAR

Range

UCL Ave LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-52

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO SPC

Cycle Test:
Range & Average Charts A repeating pattern of change. A repeating pattern of change.
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 5

A B C C B A

XBAR

UCL Xdbar LCL

Range

4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25

UCL Rbar LCL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-53

SPC - Summary
Linked Control Chart Methods to the process improvement and the DMAIC roadmap Discussed different types of variation Introduced a few basic Control Charting methods Discussed the interpretation of Control Charts

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB108-54

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM BUILDING

Team Building and Interpersonal Skills for Black Belts and Green Belts
D M A I C

Team Building

GB109-1

Reference Guide:
Page 2 What is the team in this picture? Why two horses? Roles? Team boundaries? Form follows function. . . . Teams provide: Process knowledge Process ownership Time Creativity
GB109-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM BUILDING

Reference Guide:
Page 3 CRITICAL FACTORS FOR TEAM SUCCESS PURPOSE: Why do we have a team? Whats our output? PROCESS: What process will we follow? COMMUNICATION: Is our communication complete and appropriate? COMMITMENT: How is commitment nourished? INVOLVEMENT: Are the right people on the team? TRUST: How is trust built and maintained?

GB109-3

Reference Guide:
Page 3

Team Size: 5 7 Why not more?

GB109-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM BUILDING

Reference Guide: Page 4

Team Building Start-up to do list:


Purpose / mission Form team Six Sigma training Plan kick-off meeting Black / Green Belt as coach / leader

GB109-5

Reference Guide:
Page 4

First Team Meeting Agenda


Management Challenge / Commitment Team Charter / Goals Team Member Roles And Responsibilities Empowerment ( Teams Budget And DecisionMaking Authority)

Measures (Team Milestones) Ground Rules And Meeting Schedule Team Training Needs

GB109-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM BUILDING

Reference Guide:
Page 5

Team Dynamics Group Behavior

PROCESS GROUP ENVIRONMENT


- Physical - Emotional - Business / Political

GOAL

GB109-7

Reference Guide:
Page 5-7 5IV Four phases of team development III
PERFORMING: Collaboration and interdependence Problem-solving NORMING: Expression of opinions and data flow Development of cohesion

II

FORMING: Orientation Testing and dependency

STORMING: Emotional response to task demands Intragroup conflict

B.W. Tuckman, Developmental Sequence in Small Groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 1965, pp. 384-399

GB109-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM BUILDING

Reference Guide:
Page 8

Achieving Team Synergy


(Lost at Sea exercise)

GB109-9

Reference Guide:
Page 11 Situational Leadership Styles
9

S-3

S-2

People

S-4
1

S-1 Task 9

Maturity
GB109-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Process Mapping

Rev. C February 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-1

Process Mapping
Provide an overview of Process Mapping To show the step-by-step example of Process Mapping To demonstrate where Process Mapping fits into the DMAIC Process Improvement Model To provide examples of Process Maps To perform a Process Mapping exercise

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB110-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

The Funneling Effect


MEASURE MEASURE
0 Process & Value Stream Maps C&E Matrix

30+ Inputs 10 - 15 8 - 10 4-8 3-6

All Xs

1st Hit List

ANALYZE ANALYZE

Failure Modes and Effects Analysis Multi-Vari Studies Design of Experiments (DOE)

Screened List

IMPROVE IMPROVE

Found Critical Xs

CONTROL* CONTROL*

Control Plans

Controlling Critical Xs

Critical Input Variables Critical Input Variables


Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Types of Process Maps


Level 0 Process Map ( I-P-O or SIPOC )
Used to define the macro level for Suppliers and Customers. (Only 3 or 5 blocks in map)

Value Stream Map


Process and information flow (macro) Key metrics (e.g. cycle time, yield, inventory) for key process steps and for the overall project. Shows constraints.

Detailed Process Map shows all steps in the process, including non-value adding steps.

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-5

Detailed Process Mapping


What is the tool? Graphical illustration of the work process What will the tool identify? All value-added and nonvalue-added process steps Process Inputs (Xs) Process Outputs (Ys) Data Collection Points First Input Variables to put in FMEA When do you apply process mapping? Always What are results of Process Mapping? Identify systems needing Measurement Studies Identify Output Variables for Capability Studies Identify missing elements in the Control Plan Identify possible non-valueadded process steps

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Process Mapping
Should describe:

Major activities / tasks Sub-processes Process Boundaries Input Variables (Xs) Output Variables (Ys)
Should be reviewed frequently and updated

y
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

f ( x1 , x 2 ,..., x k )
GB110-7

Increasing Process Description Detail:


Top Down Mapping Method
Map Start with P from SIPOC Detail I/O Analysis Prioritize C&E Matrix Common Sense
Start Start

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Round 1 Round 2 Round 3

Map drill into sub processes


Flow Chart Cross Functional Map Cross Resource Map

Stop
Stop Stop

Detail Prioritize Map - drill into sub-sub processes


Flow Chart Cross Functional Map Cross Resource Map

Detail Prioritize

GB110-8

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Increasing Process Description Detail:


Types of Maps
Flow Chart (aka Block Diagram) Shows process steps, without worrying about details Useful as a first pass to understand process steps Cross Functional Map (aka Swim lane) Rearranges flow chart process steps into lanes of functions Clearly shows hand-offs Process steps move left to right as time progresses Cross Resource Map Further drill down into functions, showing actual resource to resource hand offs
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics Function 1
No Yes No Yes

customer

Function 2

Function 3

Function 4

Function 1

Resour ce 1 Function 2 Reso urce 2 Function 3

Function 4

GB110-9

Different Levels of Process Maps

Transactional
Non-Manufacturing

Example Customer Service Customer Orders Order Entry

Manufacturing Plant Process Area Process Step

Example East Berlin Z-Pack Assembly Work Center 5052

MACRO LOCAL MICRO

Organization Process Subprocess

Start at Macro level and work towards the Micro level, as required Focus Local and Micro level work in areas of largest potential gain Dont go more detailed than you need to avoid analysis paralysis.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Preparing the Process Map


Team Effort Manufacturing Example: Manufacturing engineers Line operators Line supervisors Maintenance technicians Suppliers Inputs to Mapping Brainstorming Manuals, work instructions Engineering specifications Operator experience Fishbone diagrams (6 Ms) Transactional Example: Sales force Engineers Operators Supervisors

Man, Machine (Equipment), Method (Procedures), Measurement, Materials, Mother Nature (Environment)
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-11

Setting up the Interview


Contact the people in advance and schedule the interview. Make sure not to conflict with other schedules
Keep in mind that people may be concerned about why you want to talk to them

Keep the interview short


no more than 30-45 minutes

Ask them to collect any forms, documents, lists, or procedures that are normally used Develop a set of interview questions
Let your team members conduct the interviews too! Let your team members conduct the interviews too!
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Setting up the Interview


Whenever possible hold the interview at the individuals actual place of work and not a conference room. At the workplace, make note of its condition. Is this a quiet, orderly, neat, and efficient work area or is it in chaos Are there manuals or other documents in the office? Look around the area and at other work areas: Make note of the above characteristics for other desks in the area.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-13

Conducting the Interview


Describe task or activity

Begin with questions that are aimed at an understanding of the process as a system When an entity (work) arrives, what is the first thing that is done? Then what? Loop until sequence is complete. When is it done? As you move through the Then what? loop, begin to create a straw-man flow chart of the process.

Then what?

End

Loop through all activities in sequence until the end of the process is identified.
GB110-14

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Conducting the Interview The SOLAR Model


The SOLAR Model is a checklist for you to remember as you are in the The SOLAR Model is a checklist for you to remember as you are in the middle of the interview middle of the interview

S - Enter at the Social level. Put them at ease. Discuss the weather, something from the news. Go easy. O - Explain the Objective of the meeting, discussion, etc. Why are you here, what are you doing, why are you doing it? L - Listen to what they say. Ensure youre non-verbal cues show you are interested. A Advise or Ask Influence by recommendations, coaching, persuading, confronting, or asking probing questions for more understanding R - Record. Identify and record specific steps or outcomes.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-15

Interviewing:
Notes & Things to Remember Be sure to thank the people you interview. Be sure to thank their manager/supervisor for letting them meet with you.
Remember they cant be doing their job if they are talking to you.

Be aware of how much time you have spent conducting an interview.


Dont ask for 30 minutes and stay 60.

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Level 0 Process and Inputs/Outputs


(We need to get a high level view of the process first) (We need to get a high level view of the process first)

Identify the process in basic terms Identify External Supplier (Inputs)


Raw materials Incoming information Personnel

Identify the Customer Requirements (Outputs)


Process or Product customer specifications or critical attributes. Business/Organization Performance metrics.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-17

Traditional SIPOC Layout


S I P
Process Step 1 Process Step 2 Process Step 3 Process Step 4 Process Step 5 Big Xs Process Step 6 Big Ys Process Output Customer Process Output Process Output Customer

Supplier

Process Input Process Input

Supplier

Process Input

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Methods for Making a I-P-O or SIPOC


Start with the Customers and work to the left
Always keeps the customer as the focus Can be confusing if Process is unclear

Or Start with the Process and work outward


More intuitive for team members Risk less customer focus you must facilitate the focus!

Try either method see which works better for you. Try either method see which works better for you.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-19

Level 0 Examples:
Manufacturing
Inputs Outputs

Stamping
SOP Dies Raw Stock Equipment Die Maintenance Operator Flatness Undamaged Parts Dimensionality Tensile Strength Burr free Cycle Time

Non- Manufacturing NonInputs Outputs

Order Entry
Phone FAX Email EDI
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-20

Price Availability Confirmation of Order Promise Date Order number

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Exercise

Do a first draft of your Level 0 process map. Discuss at your table. Time: 15 min.

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-21

Value Stream Map


A Value Stream Map is a special type of process map that includes: Major process steps and info flow Lean symbols Before-and-after map at the macro level Project measures, activity update Team membership The map includes key Lean indicators for the major process steps, including: Cycle Time Inventory Yield at each major step and Rolled throughput yield: RTY (your key project metrics)
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

METAL FORMING
CT: 2 days
--------------------------------

Yield: 0.8 %
-------------------------------

WIP: 3,500

GB110-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Value Stream Map Icons

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-23

Date:

Project:

xx-xx-

Lodenbel R. Lee AB, CD, EF, IF, KL

Project Data

Black Belt:

Team Members:

Push Prod. Ded. Depts Current State

No takt time No std. Work

TAKT time from 8' Pull Production to 5.6 '

Std. Work / Cell design Future State

Value Stream Map


Before/ After Maps
Pink White Blue

Prod. Control Precision Card Co. RED, Inc Precision Card Co.
daily Supplier Certified

MRP RED, Inc

daily S S 2000

Kaizan

800 / week Ship

Sub Assy #1

pull

1
Cell

Finishing Dept

3 people 2 shifts

B B 500

Sub Assy #2
-1- -2- -3CT: 2 2 4 Yld: 87% 85% 91% WIP 10 9 0

2Kaizan Prod Goal = 1pp/12 min ** current is 1pp/16.8 min

RTY = 69%

Metrics

Improvement Proposals

Status by

Lead time
Base Proposed Base

Cycle Time
Proposed

WIP / Inventory
Base Proposed Base

Scrap
Proposed Base

Tape
Proposed

Detailed process map, QFD Measures, validation Kaizan 1 Kaizan 2, DOE on cutting opns. Die cut analysis for 1 and 2 Productivity focus **
D M A I C

Key Metrics: Base / Current

30 days

2 days

30'

8'

200

19

10%

0.9

9 - 10"

2"

Define

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

Started Completed Past due

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-24

Project Status

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Exercise

Do a first draft of your Value Stream process map. (Current state, measures, team, etc.) Use blank form provided. Do in pencil Discuss at your table. Time: 20 min.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-25

Detail Process Mapping Steps


Start with Level 0 and Value Stream Map: the process, its external inputs and customer outputs Identify all steps in the process graphically, including non-value adding steps like delay. List key output variables at each step List key input variables and classify process inputs as controlled or uncontrolled Add process specifications for Input Variables

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Detail Process Map


Include all value-added and non value-added steps
(Process steps, inspection/test, rework, scrap, delay.)

Manufacturing
Move Move material from warehouse Wait Store in staging area Set-up Set up and adjust die, reeler, etc. Stamp 4-out die, 6 stations in die Move Move to inspection operation, wait Inventory Return to stores to wait further processing

Non-Manufacturing NonAnswer Phone Greet customer Determine parts needed Identify need date Identify ship to address Identify price Identify shipment method
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

Internal Information Get internal P/N Determine terms Identify lead time Complete order worksheet

Order Entry Input information Print order confirmation Determine ship date Review order

File / Queue File for end-of-day processing, queue for batch download 10:00 EST next work day

GB110-27

List Output Variables


Include both process and product output variables Manufacturing
Outputs Move Move material from warehouse Cycle Time Material properties NVA Stamping Outputs Cycle Time Correct part Correct dimensions Burr free

Wait Store in staging area

Cycle Time NVA

Move Move to inspection operation, wait

Cycle Time NVA

Set up Set up and adjust die, reelers, etc.

Cycle Time NVA

Inventory Return to stores to wait further processing

Cycle Time NVA

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

List Output Variables


Include both process and product output variables Non-Manufacturing NonOutputs

Outputs Order in computer Input information Print order confirmation All line items Determine ship date complete Review order Correct info Promise date Order number Printed confirmation Order Entry File / Queue
File/store for end-ofday processing, queue for batch download 10:00 EST next work day.

Prompt Greet customer answer Determine P/N Live body Identify need date Part number Identify ship to address Availability Identify ship method Need date

Answer Phone

Get internal P/N Determine terms Identify lead time Complete order worksheet

Internal Information Customer number Order worksheet Pricing

Cycle time NVA

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-29

List and Classify Input Variables


List all key input variables and classify them as
Controlled inputs Uncontrolled inputs
C = Controlled Inputs: Input Variables that can be changed to see the effect on Output Variables. Sometimes called Knob variables U = Uncontrolled Inputs: Input Variables that impact the Output Variables but are difficult or impossible to control (may also be controllable, just not under control currently) Example: Environmental variables such as humidity KIPV = Critical Inputs: Input Variables that have been statistically shown to have a major impact on the variability of the Output Variables

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Is it Controlled or Uncontrolled? Is it Controllable or Uncontrollable?


Current System Controlled Uncontrolled Uncontrollable
No short term solution Long term possibly implement technology

Label C or U Using Current System

Why? Validate its truly uncontrollable with DOE

Possible

Controllable

OPPORTUNITY! Validate with Measurement System Analysis Put in control system Label as U*

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-31

Process Mapping Manufacturing Example (V-A only)


Inputs Gear speed Gear wear Material lot Material properties Type C U U U Feed Feed material from roll Cycle Time Material properties Outputs Inputs Drawing speed Material properties Die number Type C U C Drawing Draw features Outputs Cycle Time Correct part Correct dimensions Tensile strength Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force Shear force Die wear Material properties Ram force Ram speed Die number Die hardness

C U U C U U U C C C C

Cutting Cut material to length

Cycle Time Correct length Burr free

Punch speed Punch wear Material properties Clamping force Ram force Solvent purity Solvent age Surface roughness Contaminant level Humidity Temperature

C U U C U C U U U U U U

Punching Punch out features

Stamping Stamp piece to size

Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Cleaning Clean metal surface

Cycle Time Clean surface Residue free

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Process Mapping Transactional Example (V-A only)


(Non-Manufacturing) (NonInputs Information from customer Greeting script Answering procedure Telephone system Type C Answer Phone
Greet customer

Outputs Prompt answer Live body Part number Availability Need date

Inputs Order worksheet Computer entry screens Lead time information from mfg Shipment method

Type U C U

Outputs Order Entry Order in


Input information computer Print order confirmation All line items Determine ship date complete Review order

C Determine P/N C Identify need date U Identify ship method


Identify ship to address

Promise date Order number Printed confirmation

Cross reference for P/Ns Order information Plant loading information Order worksheet form Pricing algorithm
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

U U C

Internal Information Customer Get internal P/N number Determine terms Order Identify lead time worksheet Complete order Pricing
worksheet

Printed confirmation sheet Production schedule Customer contact info Production contact info Confirmation procedure

Order Confirmation
FAX confirmation to customer Verify manufacturing receipt of order

U C C C

Order confirmation to customer Order to production

GB110-33

Add Specifications for Inputs


For Input variables identified as Controlled and for Critical Inputs, we can add the operational specifications and Targets for these variables This information is the beginnings of the Control Plan!
Controlled Input Variable Die Wear Solvent Type Ram Speed Clamping Force Target ? ? ? ? Upper Spec 2.56 ? 800 ? Lower Spec 2.33 ? 750 ?

Use spec numbers if available, not just input category


Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Example:
Coffee Shop

What is the entity that moves through a coffee shop? What is the entity that moves through a coffee shop?
When the customer arrives at the shop, they have a need-- a need for a cup of coffee. That need is translated into a customer order. It is this order that actually flows through the coffee process and carries the need.
This customer order may change from information to physical material and equipment as it moves through the process.

As the order moves through the process, each activity adds a degree of fulfillment to that order. At the end of the process, the fulfilled order is delivered.
To the customer, the output of this process is a cup of coffee. To the process manager, the output of the process is a successfully completed order.
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-35

Coffee Making Exercise


You have been identified as a team for instructing future Six Sigma Leaders in the activity of making coffee. There have been complaints about the coffee, and your mission is to improve the process of making coffee with our existing equipment (Mr. Coffee type maker). Your first task is to document the process with a Level 0 and Detailed Process Map. Good luck: The last coffee team was awarded the BilgeWater Coffee Award and had to drink their own brew. Everyone else is buying from the machine. (The previous team did not use any Six Sigma tools.)

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Uses for Process Map


Provides inputs to Cause and Effects Matrix Provides inputs to FMEA Provides inputs to Control Plan Summary Provides inputs to Capability Summary Provides inputs to Multi-Vari Studies Evaluate Experimental Designs
Tracks variables studied Allows evaluation of designs robustness to noise variables

Can also be used to track team activities Can also be used to track team activities
Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-37

Process Map Analysis


Process Map Analysis:
Overview of Opportunity and Strategy

Does the nature of Does the nature of the gap suggest the gap suggest one or the other, or one or the other, or both? both?

Capability Issues: Statistical and Quality Tools

Capacity Issues: Lean Tools


Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Next Steps
Process Map Process Map
Input Wax grade Amt wax Charge rate Agit speed Rxn temp Pressure Air flow % O2 in air Viscosity Wax temp Type SOP Contr Contr Contr Contr Contr Contr Noise Noise Noise Output Prep time Acid number Viscosity Reactor temp Temp profile HT coeff

Cause and Cause and Effects Matrix Effects Matrix


Output Stab time Acid number Color Viscosity Reactor temp Temp profile Offgas flow Offgas comp HT coeff Stabilize Put in setpoints Slowly reduce press Monitor temp
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 4 6 5 6 7 7 8 9 8 10 9 10 11 11

Input Agit speed Temperature Pressure Air flow % O2 in air Air temp

Type Contr Contr Contr Contr Noise Contr

Prepare Reactor Charge melted wax Bring to reaction temp

INPUTS

Process Step

Process Inputs

AN target Agit speed * Temperature * Pressure * Air flow * % O2 in air Air temp Air humidity

SOP Contr Contr Contr Contr Noise Contr Noise

Oxidize Put in setpoints Sample hourly Monitor acid number

Oxid time Acid number Color Viscosity Reactor temp Temp profile Offgas flow Offgas comp HT coeff Resp time

Belt speed Belt temp Flow rate Nozzle type Hole size Room temp Agit speed Tank temp

Contr Contr Contr SOP Contr Noise Contr Contr

Finish Check nozzle type Put in setpoints Monitor appearance

Finish time Acid number Color Viscosity Drop Point Hardness Pellet appear

Process Step Process Inputs 139 Day Tanks Analysis 10 10 9 139 ReactorTanks Cat./HF Ratio Day Analysis 10 7 9 Reactor Reactor Rxr Temperature Cat./HF Ratio 73 7 Lights Removal Condenser Leak Reactor Rxr Temperature 74 73 Lights Removal Reboiler Leak Leak Lights Removal Condenser 131 74 Purification Low Stages 8 Lights Removal Reboiler Leak 144 131 Final Storage Containers 3 8 2 Purification Low Stages 100 144 Neutralization pH Value Final Storage Containers 3 6 16 100 Catalyst Stripper Pluggage Neutralization pH Value Decomposition 111 16 Catalyst Stripper Pluggage Drying 2 6 39 111 Drier Decomposition Drying Water Carryover 2 34 39 DrierDrier Molecular Sieve Water Carryover 34 Drier Molecular Sieve

FMEA FMEA
Process Step/Part Number Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V Potential Causes O C C Current Controls D E T RPN Actions Recommended Resp.
COATING & IMAGING DIRTY PHOTOMASK MICROCRACKING, DELAMINATION, STREAKS LOW FREQUENCY OF CLEANING 8 8 SOP, VISUAL INSPECTION 7 INCREASE FREQUENCY MG 448 TO ONCE EVERY 20 PANELS IMPROVE CLEANING METHOD PURCHASE OFF-LINE CLEANING SYSTEM TEST ON-LINE MASK REPLACEMENT PF

Initial Assessment of Capabilities Initial Assessment of Capabilities and Control Plans and Control Plans
Process Step Input Dosage Coating Height Coating width Coating length Vacuum Output Process Specification (Target, LSL, USL) 22.5, 22, 23 24,23,25 Cpk Mean - Sigma 1.22 1.54 Measurement Technique UIL-1700 Micrometer %R&R P/T Sample Size Sample Frequency 1/hr 1/hr Control Method Reaction Plan

MG

Coating
PF

25% 31%/0.47 35 pts per panel

14,12,16 36,34,38 35" Hg

1.78 1.43

Laser Measuring Device Laser Measuring Device Vacuum Gauge

1/hr 1/hr 1/hr

Auto-timer Cross check Coating & Adjust previous pump speed None in place None in place Monitor Compare guages, look for blockage

H e a vie s in P ro d u c t H e a vie s in L ig t P ro d u ch ts in P ro d u c t L ig h ts in M ct P ro d uo istu re in P ro d u c t M o istu re in A c id P ro d u c t ity in P ro d u c t A c id ity in P ro d u c t L o w C a p a c ity F ro m U n it L o w C a p a c ity E ce it F ro m xU n s sive D o w n tim e E x ce s sive M tim e D o w na te ria l L o ss e s M a te ria l L o ss e s C o rro sio n o f E q u ip m e n t C o rro sio n o f E q uP om e n t e a cto r ip o r R P e rfo rm a n ce P o o r R e a cto r P e rfo rm a n ce

OUTPUTS
9 10 4 4 6 2 6 6 4 3 9 9 9 5 6 5 6 8 8 8 5 2 8 2 8 8 6 2 6 2 7 2 2 8 4 4 4 7 8 7 4 1 4 1 4 3 3 5 2 1 5 4 4 6 6 6 3 4 3 3 5 2 2 6 6 3 3 3 5 2 5

Total Total 335

3 3 2 2

6 6 7

157 335 7149 157 7148 149 1148 148 1144 148 140 144 138 140 137 138 3134 137 132 134 1125 132 125

Key Process Output Variable Capability Status Sheet


Customer Requirement (Output Variable) Gel Time Viscosity Cleanliness Color Homogeneity Consistency Digets Time Temperature Solids Measurement Technique %R&R or P/T Ratio Upper Spec Limit Target Lower Spec Limit Cp Cpk Sample Size Date Actions

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-39

Initial Assessment of Control Plan


Start an initial assessment of the control plan after the process map is complete Add the measurement technique, operating specifications, and targets for the controlled and critical inputs as well as the outputs
Current Control Plan
Process Spec (LSL, USL, Target) Cpk / Date (Sample Size) Measurement System %R&R or P/T Current Control Method (from FMEA) Reaction Plan Process Step Input Output Who Where When

Excel template: Control Plan.XLS


Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

PROCESS MAPPING

Process Mapping Summary


Provided overview of process mapping Showed the step-by-step example of process mapping Demonstrated where process mapping fits in the DMAIC Process Improvement Method Provided examples of process maps Created draft and sample process maps

Rev. C January 2004 Tyco Electronics

GB110-41

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Measurement Systems Analysis

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-1

Objectives
Introduce Measurement Systems Analysis Define basic measurement terms Outline procedure for performing a Measurement Systems Analysis Perform an exercise to practice methodology

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB111-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Measurement Process
The ideal measurement system produces true measurements every time Quality of the measurement system is characterized by statistical properties The measurement process should include: Design and certification Capability assessment over Time Control Repair and re-certification Properties Must be in Statistical Control Variability must be small compared to product specifications Variability must be small compared to process variation Discrimination should be about one-tenth of product specification or process variation

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Possible Sources of Process Variation


Observed Process Variation

Actual Process Variation

Measurement Variation

Long-term Process Variation

Short-term Process Variation

Variation w/in sample

Variation due to gage

Variation due to operators

Repeatability

Calibration

Stability

Linearity

To address actual process variability, the variation due to the To address actual process variability, the variation due to the measurement system must first be identified and separated from that measurement system must first be identified and separated from that of the process of the process We will look at repeatability and reproducibility as primary We will look at repeatability and reproducibility as primary contributors to measurement error contributors to measurement error
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-5

Basic Model
2 Total 2 Product 2 Measuremen t System

The Total Variation is equal to the real product The Total Variation is equal to the real product variation plus the variation due to the variation plus the variation due to the measurement system measurement system
2 Measurement System 2 Repeatability 2 Reproducib ility

The Measurement System Variation is equal to the The Measurement System Variation is equal to the variation due to repeatability plus the variation variation due to repeatability plus the variation due to reproducibility. due to reproducibility.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Measurement Process Components


Measurement tools:
Hardware Software

All procedures for using the tools:


Which operators Set-up and handling procedures Off-line calculations and data entry Calibration frequency and technique

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-7

Sources of Measurement Variation


Tool
Mechanical instability Wear Electrical instability Algorithm instability

Work Methods
Ease of Data Entry Operator Training Calibration Frequency Maintenance Standard Sufficient Work Time Standard Procedures Operator Technique

Measurement Variation
Humidity Cleanliness Vibration Line Voltage Variation
Environme

Temperature Fluctuation

Environment
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Information to be Obtained
How big is the measurement error? What are the sources of measurement error? Is the tool stable over time? Is the tool capable for this study? How do we improve the measurement system?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-9

How does Measurement Error Appear?


Actual process variation No measurement error
15

LSL

USL

Frequency

10

0 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Process
15

LSL
Frequency

USL

Observed process variation With measurement error

10

0 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Observ ed
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Sources of Variation

Product Variability Product Variability


(Actual variability) (Actual variability)

Measurement Measurement Variability Variability

Total Variability Total Variability


(Observed (Observed variability) variability)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-11

Terminology
Discrimination Accuracy related terms
True value Bias Linearity

Precision related terms


Repeatability Reproducibility Linearity

Stability
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Discrimination
The number of decimal places that can be measured by the system. Increments of measure should be about one-tenth of the width of the product specification or process variation.
Range of product variation can only be written as 0,1,or 2

Poor Discrimination

Range of product variation can be written as 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 1.5, for a total of 16 values.

Good Discrimination

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-13

Precision and Accuracy

Accurate Accurate and Precise and Precise

Precise not Precise not Accurate Accurate

Neither Precise Neither Precise or Accurate or Accurate

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Accuracy Terms
Accuracy - Does the average of the measurements deviate from the true value? True value
Theoretically correct value NIST standards

Bias
Distance between average value of all measurements and true value Amount the measuring instrument is consistently off target Systematic error or offset
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-15

Accuracy
Instrument accuracy is related to the difference between the observed average value of measurements and the master or true value The master value is an accepted, traceable reference standard (e.g., NIST)
Master Master Value Value

Average Value of Measurements Average Value of Measurements


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Bias
Average of measurements differ from the Master Value by a fixed amount. Bias effects include: Operator bias - different operators get detectable different averages for the same thing Instrument bias - different instruments get detectable different averages for the same thing, etc.

Instrument 1 Bias

Master Master Value Value

Instrument 2 Bias

Instrument 1

Instrument 2

Average 1
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Average 2

GB111-17

Precision Terms
Total variation in the measurement system Measure of natural variation of repeated measurements Repeatability and Reproducibility

2 MS

2 rpt

2 rpd

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Repeatability

rpt
The inherent variability of the measurement device Variation that occurs when repeated measurements are made of the same variable under absolutely identical conditions
Same operator Same set-up Same units Same environmental conditions Short-term

Estimated by the pooled standard deviation of the distribution of repeated measurements Repeatability is always less than the total variation of the system

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-19

Repeatability
The variation between successive measurements of the same part, same characteristic, by the same person using the same instrument. Also known as test - retest error; used as an estimate of short-term variation. Master Master Value Value Good Repeatability Poor Repeatability

Average
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Average
GB111-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Reproducibility

rpd
The variation that results when different conditions are used to make the measurements
Different operators Different set-ups Different test units Different environmental conditions Long-term

Estimated by the standard deviation of the averages of measurements from different measurement conditions

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-21

Reproducibility
The difference in the average of the measurements made by different persons using the same or different instrument when measuring the identical characteristic
Master Master Value Value

Good Reproducibility

Poor Reproducibility

Operator 1 Operator 2 Operator 3

Operator 1 Operator 2 Operator 3

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Accuracy vs. Precision


Suppose we have a reference material with a true hardness of 5.0 Method 1 gives the following readings: 3.8, 4.4, 4.2, 4.0 Method 2 gives the following readings: 6.5, 4.0, 3.2, 6.3 Which method is more accurate?
Method 2 - average is equal to true hardness value

Which method is more precise?


Method 1 - variability is very low

Which method do you prefer? Why?


Method 1 - we can compensate easier for mean shift than variability
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-23

Accuracy vs. Precision Accuracy Accuracy


Related to Difference between Related to Difference between Average Measurements and the Average Measurements and the True Value True Value
Measurement System Bias -Determined through Calibration Study

Precision Precision
Related to the Variance and Related to the Variance and Standard Deviation of the Standard Deviation of the Measurements Measurements
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Measurement System Variability - Determined through R&R Study

GB111-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Measurement Capability Index - P/T


Precision to Tolerance Ratio

P /T

5.15 * MS Tolerance

Usually expressed Usually expressed as percent as percent

Addresses what percent of the tolerance is taken up by measurement error Includes both repeatability and reproducibility Ideal: 8% or less Acceptable: 30% or less

Note: 5.15 standard deviations accounts for 99% of MS variation. The use of 5.15 is an Note: 5.15 standard deviations accounts for 99% of MS variation. The use of 5.15 is an industry standard industry standard
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-25

Precision to Tolerance Ratio


LSL
Product Tolerance

USL

P/T = 20%

measurement system variation

P/T = 100%

P/T = 200%

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Uses of P/T Ratio


The P/T ratio is the most common estimate of Measurement System precision
This estimate may be appropriate for evaluating how well the Measurement System can perform with respect to specifications Specifications, however, may be too tight or too loose Generally, the P/T ratio is a good estimate when the measurement system is only used to classify production samples, for process control use, etc.
Even then, if process capability (Cpk) is not adequate, the P/T ratio may give you a false sense of security

Note: In MINITAB, the P/T Ratio is called % Tolerance


GB111-27

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Measurement Capability Index - %R&R

%R & R

MS Total

100

Usually expressed Usually expressed as percent as percent

Addresses what percent of the Total Variation is taken up by measurement error Includes both repeatability and reproducibility As a target, look for % R&R less than 28% Less than 14% is ideal

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

% Repeatability & Reproducibility (% R&R)

Observed Process Variation

%R&R = 20%

measurement system variation

%R&R = 75%

%R&R = 100%

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-29

Uses of %R&R
The %R&R is the best measure for the Belt
This estimates how well the Measurement System performs with respect to the overall process variation %R&R is the best estimate when performing process improvement studies

Care must be taken to use samples Care must be taken to use samples representing full, but typical, process representing full, but typical, process variation variation

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

3 Sigma Process:
P/T Ratio and % R&R
LSL
Product Tolerance

USL

Observed Process Variation

P/T = 20% P/T = 50% P/T = 100%

%R&R = 20% %R&R = 50% %R&R = 100%

Measurement System Variation


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-31

2 Sigma Process:
P/T Ratio and % R&R
LSL
Product Tolerance

USL

Observed Process Variation

P/T = 50% P/T = 100%

%R&R = 25% %R&R = 50%

P/T = 200% Measurement System Variation


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

%R&R = 100%

GB111-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

6 Sigma Process:
P/T Ratio and % R&R
LSL
Product Tolerance

USL

Observed Process Variation

P/T = 10% P/T = 20%

%R&R = 20% %R&R = 40%

P/T = 50% Measurement System Variation


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

%R&R = 100%

GB111-33

Measurement Error Effect on Capability Indices

The higher the Measurement Error the more dramatic the impact on your ability to understand the true process capability!

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage R&R Study Set-up


Generally two to three operators Generally 10 units to measure Each unit is measured 2-3 times by each operator Units are selected to cover the normal full range of the process Dont select consecutive units

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-35

Sample Size Issues


Number of operators If process uses multiple operators, choose 2-4 at random If process uses only one operator, or no operators, perform study without operator effects (reproducibility effects ignored) Number of samples Select enough samples so that (number of samples) X (number of operators) > 15 If not practical or possible, choose number of trials so that:
if S x O < 15, trials = 3 if S x O < 8, trials = 3 to 4 if S x O < 5, trials = 4 to 5 if S x O < 4, trials = 5 to 6

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Study Sample Selection


Samples should be pulled from the process that span the normal variation of the process Example: If you produce a material with a mean thickness of 0.020 and a s of 0.001, get samples that have thickness from 0.017 - 0.023 (99% of the range) BE CAREFUL! If you produce the same base material with different thickness with the same process, sub-group them and perform the R&R study Example:
A process produces a material with thickness 0.070, 0.085, and 0.090 all with a +/- 0.005 tolerance, all measured with the same system Perform 3 R&R studies - one for each thickness target

If you lumped the above samples together, the GR&R value would be artificially low

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-37

Procedure for Performing an R&R Study


Calibrate the gage, or assure that it has been calibrated Have operator 1 measure all samples once in random order Have operator 2 measure all samples once in random order Continue until all operators have measured samples once (this is Trial 1) Repeat steps 2-4 for the required number of trials Calculate the statistics of the R&R study Repeatability Reproducibility Standard deviations of each of the above %R&R P/T Ratio Analyze results and determine follow-up action, if any
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Gage R&R Data Matrix


Lets set up a table for a 3 Operators, 10 Sample per trial, 2 Trials gage study We want to create a Minitab file with the following columns
Part or Sample Operator Trial Measurement

Lets set up the table to have the correct Trial / Operator / Sample combinations using the Make Patterned Data procedure
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-39

Minitab Gage R&R Data Matrix


Setting up the Gage R&R Data Matrix in the Minitab worksheet is similar to setting up a matrix for a designed experiment.

TRIAL 1
OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

TRIAL 2
OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

We have 2 trials to run. During each trial we have 3 operators. Each operator will measure 10 samples.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Gage R&R Data Matrix


TRIAL 1
OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

TRIAL 2
OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

We must set up 3 columns in Minitab to fit the matrix Column 1 (C1) will be named Trials Column 2 (C2) will be named Operators Column 3 (C3) will be named Samples Entries in the 3 columns will be used to identify the factors in the study Open a new worksheet in Minitab and name the 3 columns
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-41

Minitab Gage R&R Data Matrix


TRIAL 1
OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

TRIAL 2
OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

The matrix above will provide you with information on the length of the three columns The total number of measurements to be made is 60 (2 trials X 3 operators X 10 measurements = 60) This tells us that each of the 3 columns will have 60 entries (60 rows per column)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Gage R&R Data Matrix


TRIAL 1
OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

TRIAL 2
OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 1
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 2
SAMPLES 1 - 10

OPERATOR 3
SAMPLES 1 - 10

Column 3 (Samples) will consist of the numbers 1-10, repeated 6 times to identify the 10 samples measured by each of the 3 operators during each trial

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-43

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-45

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-46

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-47

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Making Patterned Data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-49

Minitab Gage R&R File

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Gage R&R File

Measurement taken during Trial 1 by Operator 1 on Sample 6.

Measurement taken during Trial 1 by Operator 2 on Sample 8.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-51

Coding Variables
You can change the Operator values to the actual persons name and still perform the analysis using a Coding procedure

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-52

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Coding Variables

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-53

Coding Variables

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-54

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Last Checks....
Before running your study, make sure that you have the right number of cells for each operator and sample To do this we use Cross Tabulation

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-55

Cross Tabulation

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-56

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 28 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Table Statistics
The table should contain equal counts for all operators and all parts before continuing
We look for equal cell counts in all combinations

Rows: Trials

Columns: Operators

Dillon

Fred

Tom

All

1 2 All

10 10 20

10 10 20

10 10 20

30 30 60

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-57

Gage R&R Example


Lets use Minitab to analyze some data Open worksheet AIAG MSA Example.MTW in file DM ANOVA MSA.MPJ We will be using Minitabs Gage R&R Study (Crossed) function

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-58

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 29 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Gage R&R Study (Crossed)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-59

Options / Info Screens


Enter the specific gage Enter the specific gage information here for records information here for records Important when doing a Important when doing a number of iterations number of iterations

Accepted value for 99% of the Accepted value for 99% of the distribution distribution Enter the Process Tolerance Enter the Process Tolerance in the Options screen in the Options screen REMEMBER the tolerance REMEMBER the tolerance is the entire range of the is the entire range of the specifications! specifications! You can add a descriptive You can add a descriptive Title as well Title as well
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-60

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 30 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Minitab Output
Minitab produces both analytical and graphical analysis information

Analytical Results
ANOVA table(s) Components of Variation Percent contribution table

Graphical Results
X-Bar / R chart Components of Variation Operator*Part Interaction Plot By Operator and By Part plots

Lets look at the analytical first and then return to the graphical

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-61

Gage R&R Report

Total Gage R&R Ideal: 2% or less Acceptable: 7.7% or less

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-62

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 31 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage R&R Report


Source Total Gage R&R Repeatability Reproducibility Operator Operator*Sample Part-To-Part Total Variation StdDev (SD) 0.066615 0.035940 0.056088 0.030200 0.047263 0.192781 0.203965 Study Var (5.15*SD) 0.34306 0.18509 0.28885 0.15553 0.24340 0.99282 1.05042 %Study Var (%SV) 32.66 17.62 27.50 14.81 23.17 94.52 100.00 %Tolerance (SV/Toler) 68.61 37.02 57.77 31.11 48.68 198.56 210.08

Number of Distinct Categories = 4 % R&R (for process improvement efforts) % R&R (for process improvement efforts) %P/T (for acceptance to spec efforts) %P/T (for acceptance to spec efforts) BE CAREFUL --watch for low Distinct Categories! Must BE CAREFUL watch for low Distinct Categories! Must be at least 5 for Process Improvement use! be at least 5 for Process Improvement use!
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-63

Number of Distinct Categories


The number of distinct categories of data within the process that the measurement system can detect. Represents the number of non-overlapping confidence intervals within the range of the product variation and is an indication of the Discrimination of the measurement system. If the number of categories is less than 2, the measurement system is of minimal value since it will be difficult to distinguish one part from another. If the number of categories is 2, the measurement system can only divide the data into 2 groups low and high. If the number of categories is 3, the measurement system can divide the data into 3 groups low, medium and high. A measurement system that is acceptable and useful for process improvement activities must have 5 or more distinct categories. 10 or more is ideal.
GB111-64

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 32 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Number of Distinct Categories


Number of Categories Use of Measurement System Generally of no use, but may provide minimal information on conformance versus nonconformance Insensitive control charts 24 Coarse estimates of process parameters and capability indices Control charts, process parameters, capability indices, process improvement

01

5 or more

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-65

Graphical Output

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-66

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 33 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage R&R X / R Chart

We want to see variability We want to see variability in the X-bar chart outside in the X-bar chart outside the Control Limits the Control Limits This indicates Part-to-Part This indicates Part-to-Part variability variability If there was none, you If there was none, you probably did not get probably did not get samples that cover the samples that cover the normal range in normal range in production production

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-67

X-Chart Indicators
If the averages for each operator is different, the reproducibility is suspect We want more averages to fall outside the control limits but consistently for all operators
This indicates more part-to-part variability which is what we want

We want to see the majority of the points on the chart outside the control limits
If this is the case and the R-Chart is in control, then we will be able to determine the percent of the process variability that is consumed by the measurement system

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-68

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 34 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage R&R X / R Chart


The Range chart should The Range chart should show a process that is in show a process that is in control. control. If a point is above the UCL, If a point is above the UCL, the operator is having a the operator is having a problem making consistent problem making consistent measurements. measurements. The Range chart can also The Range chart can also help identify inadequate help identify inadequate discrimination discrimination We want at least 5 possible We want at least 5 possible values within the control values within the control limits limits

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-69

R-Chart Indicators
Suspect inadequate Discrimination if:
the range chart has less than 5 distinct levels within the Control Limits 5 or more levels for the range but more than 1/4 of the values are zero

Repeatability is questionable if the range chart shows out-of-control conditions If the range for an operator is out-of-control and the others are not, the method is suspect If all operators have ranges out-of-control, the system is sensitive to operator technique

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-70

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 35 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Operator-Part Interaction Plot

We desire lines that follow the same pattern and are reasonably parallel to each other Significant interactions are indicated by crossing lines between operators We also want to see that the part averages vary enough that the differences between parts are clear.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-71

Components of Variation

A graphical representation of the data discussed before A graphical representation of the data discussed before We want the Gage R&R bars to be as small as possible, driving the We want the Gage R&R bars to be as small as possible, driving the Part-to-Part bars to be larger Part-to-Part bars to be larger
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-72

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 36 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

By Operator

The By Operator graph shows the average value (Circle) and The By Operator graph shows the average value (Circle) and the spread of the data for each operator the spread of the data for each operator We want the grouping to be similar across all operators and a We want the grouping to be similar across all operators and a flat line across the means for the operators flat line across the means for the operators
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-73

By Part

The graph shows the average (circles) and spread of the values The graph shows the average (circles) and spread of the values for each sample for each sample We want to see minimal spread for each part, but variability We want to see minimal spread for each part, but variability between samples (means shifting) between samples (means shifting)
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-74

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 37 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage Run Chart

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-75

Gage Run Chart

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-76

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 38 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Gage Run Chart

The chart shows the two measurements made by each operator The chart shows the two measurements made by each operator on the 10 parts. on the 10 parts. We want to see consistency of measurement values within each We want to see consistency of measurement values within each operators results and between the operators. operators results and between the operators.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-77

GR&R Metrics - Additional Metrics

P/T P/T

Red

Ratio Ratio

%Study %Study Variation Variation

R&R R&R %Contribution %Contribution


(Ratio of Variances) (Ratio of Variances)

Number of Number of Distinct Distinct Categories Categories


(Discrimination (Discrimination Index) Index)

Yellow

30% 30% 8% 8%

28% 28% 14% 14%

7.7% 7.7% 2% 2%

5 5 10 10

%R&R Contribution is more statistically correct than %Study Variation


The latter is based on the standard deviations, which is not accurate If you follow this chart you will be OK No Matter Which Metrics You Use

Green

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-78

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 39 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

Measurement System Evaluation


Written inspection/ measurement procedure? Detailed process map developed? Specific measuring system and set-up defined? Trained or Certified Operators? Instrument calibration performed in a timely manner? Accuracy? R&R? Bias? Linearity? Discrimination? Correlation with supplier or customer where appropriate?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-79

Summary
Measurement systems are important to analyze BEFORE embarking on Process Improvement activities Be careful when picking samples - watch for correct sub-grouping and sample size requirements Analyze the measurement system for Operator, Part, and Trial effects Make sure that the gage system has enough discrimination to be useful in determining different levels in the measured attribute Always generate a GR&R Report to document findings, methods, and improvement opportunities Total Variation includes Measurement Error - try to minimize the controllable error in the gage system
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-80

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 40 402-108, Rev. C

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

GR&R Exercise

The Department of Health has decided to let you check your own waste water cleanliness provided you can measure the water volume with acceptable repeatability and reproducibility Due to the nature of the materials being measured, if you touch the container while measuring you will be exposed to potentially high levels of biological and chemical toxins. If you touch the container while measuring, you will not be permitted to perform your own measurements, costing the company thousands of $ labor and testing by outside in laboratories
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-81

GR&R Exercise
Equipment needed: 10 plastic containers 1 measurement device Specifications: See container Procedure: Fill 10 containers with varying amounts of water between the marked lines on each container (ask instructor) Have each of three operators independently measure the height of the water three times (use proper MSA techniques), WITHOUT touching the container
REMEMBER - Maintain one operator per trial!

Randomize the measurement order of the containers (i.e., 1,3,7,5,2,...) for each operator Analyze the results and present to class

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB111-82

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 41 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Capability Studies

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-1

Objectives

Traditional process capability indexes Attribute and Variable Capability Studies Short Term and Long Term Process Capability

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB112-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Background - Capability Studies

LSL LSL

USL USL

We continually gather data on our process and ask: Is it capable of producing defect free products ? Gathering and analyzing the data is called....

A Capability Study
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Roadmap - 30,000 Ft. View


What Type of Data What Type of Data Do You Have ? Do You Have ? Attribute Data Attribute Data Collect Data Collect Data On Process On Process Analyze Data Analyze Data In Excel In Excel State Capability State Capability
DPU, PPM DPU, PPM

Variables Data Variables Data Collect Data Collect Data On Process On Process Analyze Data Analyze Data In Minitab In Minitab State Capability State Capability
DPU, PPM DPU, PPM Cp, Cpk, Pp, Ppk Cp, Cpk, Pp, Ppk
GB112-5

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Classifying Data Classifying Data


ATTRIBUTES ATTRIBUTES
Customer Requirement

VARIABLES VARIABLES
Customer Requirement

Defect Free ( )

Defects ( ) Defects (x > 130 Min)

Non-Defects (x < 130 Min)

2 3 4 5 6 7 Number of Mistakes

15

110

115

120

125

130

135

140

Assembly Time (Minutes)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Studies with Variables Data

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-7

Standard Normal Distribution

One Standard Deviation (

This is a standard Normal distribution where: Mean = 0 Standard Deviation = 1


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Transformation to the Standard Normal Distribution

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-9

Z-Transform
General form:

Z=

(x -

This transform produces a value Z on the Standard Normal Distribution where the mean = 0 and the standard deviation = 1 The value indicates how far the number is from the mean in units of standard deviations
For example, if Z = 2, that would say that the value in question is 2 standard deviations greater than the Mean

By using this method, we can calculate the proportion of product that is out-of-spec based on the process mean and standard deviation.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Z-Transform
You may see the equation for the Z-Transform written You may see the equation for the Z-Transform written in a number of different ways. in a number of different ways.

Z= (x - x )

(x -

Z=

Z=

(x - x ) s

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-11

Estimating % Non-conforming
For estimating percent nonconforming for a process, we will substitute the Lower Spec Limit (LSL) and the Upper Spec Limit (USL) for x

Z=
Z=

(x - x)
(SL - x)

The result will tell us how far the process mean is from the specification limit in units of sigma

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Z Score

USL

Z
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-13

Whats the Area Under the Tail ?

USL 2.5

We get the area under the tail from a Z table ......or we can use Minitab!

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Z Table

.00621 or .621% or 6210 ppm


2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1
0.02275 0.01786 0.01390 0.01072 0.00820 0.00621 0.00466 0.00347 0.00256 0.00187 0.00135 0.00097 0.02222 0.01743 0.01355 0.01044 0.00798 0.00604 0.00453 0.00336 0.00248 0.00181 0.00131 0.00094 0.02169 0.01700 0.01321 0.01017 0.00776 0.00587 0.00440 0.00326 0.00240 0.00175 0.00126 0.00090 0.02118 0.01659 0.01287 0.00990 0.00755 0.00570 0.00427 0.00317 0.00233 0.00169 0.00122 0.00087 0.02068 0.01618 0.01255 0.00964 0.00734 0.00554 0.00415 0.00307 0.00226 0.00164 0.00118 0.00084 0.02018 0.01578 0.01222 0.00939 0.00714 0.00539 0.00402 0.00298 0.00219 0.00159 0.00114 0.00082 0.01970 0.01539 0.01191 0.00914 0.00695 0.00523 0.00391 0.00289 0.00212 0.00154 0.00111 0.00079

2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

0.02275 0.01786 0.01390 0.01072 0.00820 0.00621 0.00466 0.00347 0.00256 0.00187 0.00135 0.00097

0.02222 0.01743 0.01355 0.01044 0.00798

0.02169 0.01700 0.01321 0.01017 0.00776 0.00587 0.00440 0.00326 0.00240 0.00175 0.00126 0.00090

0.02118 0.01659 0.01287 0.00990 0.00755

0.02068 0.01618 0.01255 0.00964 0.00734

0.02018 0.01578 0.01222 0.00939 0.00714

0.01970 0.01539 0.01191 0.00914 0.00695

0.00604 0.00453 0.00336 0.00248 0.00181 0.00131 0.00094

0.00570 0.00427 0.00317 0.00233 0.00169 0.00122 0.00087

0.00554 0.00415 0.00307 0.00226 0.00164 0.00118 0.00084

0.00539 0.00402 0.00298 0.00219 0.00159 0.00114 0.00082

0.00523 0.00391 0.00289 0.00212 0.00154 0.00111 0.00079

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-15

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
Cumulative Distribution Function

Normal with mean = 0 and standard deviation = 1.00000

x 2.5000

P( X < = x ) 0.9938

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-17

Minitab
Normal with mean = 0 and standard deviation = 1.00000 x 2.5000 P( X <= x) 0.9938

1 - .9938 = .0062 or .62% or 6200 ppm

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Example
Assume that a transmitter contains a chip that must operate at a frequency no higher than 1.030 GHz. (USL = 1.030 GHz) Our process is producing chips having an average operating frequency of 0.995 GHz, with a standard deviation of 0.010 GHz. What is the percent nonconforming for the chips produced by the process? The mean of the process is 0.995 GHz The standard deviation is .010 GHz
USL X(bar) s 1.030 - .995 .010

Z=

3.5

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-19

Z Table

.00023 or .023% or 230 ppm


2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

0.02275 0.01786 0.01390 0.01072 0.00820 0.00621 0.00466 0.00347 0.00256 0.00187 0.00135 0.00097

0.02222 0.01743 0.01355 0.01044 0.00798 0.00604 0.00453 0.00336 0.00248 0.00181 0.00131 0.00094

0.02169 0.01700 0.01321 0.01017 0.00776 0.00587 0.00440 0.00326 0.00240 0.00175 0.00126 0.00090

0.02118 0.01659 0.01287 0.00990 0.00755 0.00570 0.00427 0.00317 0.00233 0.00169 0.00122 0.00087

0.02068 0.01618 0.01255 0.00964 0.00734 0.00554 0.00415 0.00307 0.00226 0.00164 0.00118 0.00084

0.02018 0.01578 0.01222 0.00939 0.00714 0.00539 0.00402 0.00298 0.00219 0.00159 0.00114 0.00082

0.01970 0.01539 0.01191 0.00914 0.00695 0.00523 0.00391 0.00289 0.00212 0.00154 0.00111 0.00079

3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1

0.00135 0.00097 0.00069 0.00048 0.00034 0.00023 0.00016 0.00011 7.237E-05 4.812E-05 3.169E-05 2.067E-05

0.00131 0.00094 0.00066 0.00047 0.00032

0.00126 0.00090 0.00064 0.00045 0.00031 0.00022 0.00015

0.00122 0.00087 0.00062 0.00043 0.00030

0.00118 0.00084 0.00060 0.00042 0.00029

0.00114 0.00082 0.00058 0.00040 0.00028

0.00111 0.00079 0.00056 0.00039 0.00027

0.00022 0.00015 0.00010 6.951E-05 4.617E-05 3.037E-05 1.979E-05

0.00021 0.00014 9.577E-05 6.409E-05 4.249E-05 2.790E-05 1.815E-05

0.00020 0.00014 9.204E-05 6.154E-05 4.076E-05 2.674E-05 1.738E-05

0.00019 0.00013 8.844E-05 5.908E-05 3.909E-05 2.562E-05 1.663E-05

0.00019 0.00013 8.498E-05 5.671E-05 3.749E-05 2.455E-05 1.592E-05

9.964E-05 6.675E-05 4.429E-05 2.911E-05 1.895E-05

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-21

Minitab
Cumulative Distribution Function

Normal with mean = 0 and standard deviation = 1.00000

x 3.5000

P( X <= x ) 0.9998

Remember Minitab gives the area under the curve to the left of the specified value (in this case, the proportion conforming). To obtain the proportion nonconforming we must subtract the result from 1.0. 1.0 0.9998 = 0.0002 or .02% or 200 ppm

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
x P( X <= x) 3.5000 0.9998
Tail Probability = 1 - .9998 Tail Probability = .0002 or 200 ppm

.9998
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

.0002

GB112-23

Z-Transform Example
If we look at the following, we see that, for 150 Melt Index measurements:

Mean = 10
400

Frequency

= 0.5 Lets say: LSL = 9 USL = 11

300

LSL

USL

200

100

10

11

12

Population

Question: What is the estimated percentage of Question: What is the estimated percentage of the distribution that will be out of spec? the distribution that will be out of spec?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Z-Transform
The task is to determine estimates of the proportion of the normal curve that is outside both the upper and lower specification limits. We do that by calculating Z-score for each spec limit. (LSL- x) 9 - 10 (USL - x)

ZL = =

ZU = =

0.5 = -2.00

11 - 10 0.5 = 2.00

We can now calculate the areas below the lower spec and above the upper spec using the normal probability function.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-25

Minitab for Estimating Proportion outside Lower Spec


Go to Calc > Probability Distributions > Normal

Mean and Sigma Lower Spec Limit

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
Cumulative Distribution Function

Normal with mean = 10.0000 and standard deviation = 0.500000

x 9.0000

P( X <= x ) 0.0228

Since this is the Lower Spec Limit and Minitab gives us the area to the left of the specified value, this will be the proportion that is below the lower spec limit. It is not necessary to subtract this result from 1.0.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-27

Minitab Output
Cumulative Distribution Function
Normal with mean = 10.0000 and standard deviation = 0.500000 x P( X <= x) 9.0000 0.0228
400

LSL

Frequency

300

LSL

USL

200

100

10

11

12

Population

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab for Estimating Proportion outside Upper Spec

Mean and Sigma Upper Spec Limit

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-29

Minitab
Cumulative Distribution Function

Normal with mean = 10.0000 and standard deviation = 0.500000

x 11.0000

P( X <= x ) 0.9772

This is the Upper Spec Limit. Minitab provides us with the area under the curve to the left of this value. We need the area to the right (above the spec limit), so we must subtract from 1.0. 1.0 0.9772 = 0.0228 or 2.28% or 22,800 ppm

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
Cumulative Distribution Function
Normal with mean = 10.0000 and standard deviation = 0.500000 x P( X <= x) 11.0000 0.9772
400

USL

Frequency

300

LSL

USL

200

100

10

11

12

Population

1- .9772 = .0228

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-31

Minitab

LSL .0228

USL .0228

.0228 + .0228 = .0456 or 4.56% or 45,600 ppm

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Problem
Suppose we have a process with:
Mean = 37.5 Standard Deviation = 7.83 Specification: 30 +/- 15

Determine the total estimated percentage outside specification for this process How many standard deviations is the mean from the upper spec limit?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-33

Process Capability
USL USL

LSL LSL

How much of the process output is out of spec?

In the short term? In the long term?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Process Capability Ratios

LSL LSL

USL USL

Voice of The Process Voice of The Customer

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-35

Process Capability - The Strategy


Centering Put The Process On Target

Spread Reduce The Variation

Defects

Defects

LSL

USL

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Process Capability Ratios

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

Cpk

Min(

X- LSL USL- X , ) 3s 3s

Statisticians Developed 2 key Metrics Statisticians Developed 2 key Metrics For Measuring Capability For Measuring Capability
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-37

Process Capability Ratios

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

Cp

Total Tolerance Process Spread

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Measurement Error Effect on Capability Indices Cp


We know that CpObs

USL LSL 6sObs


USL 6 s
2 Act

where

sObs

2 2 sAct sMS

Therefore:

C pObs

LSL
2 s MS

What happens to Cp when the Measurement System Error increases?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-39

%R&R Guidelines
Once %R&R has been calculated, you must determine which to target first:
Process variation, or Measurement systems variation

Ask the question: is your measurement system capable for the process improvement work for which youll be using it? You can assume that the measurement system is capable for use in process improvement activities when the following conditions exist for Observed Process Capability (CpObs) and %R&R:
If CpObs < 1.0 If 1.0 < CpObs < 1.5 If CpObs > 1.5 and and and %R&R < 50% %R&R < 40% %R&R < 30%

Note: See detailed graph to follow


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

%R&R Effect on Capability


8.00 7.00 6.00 5.00 Cp Act 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00 0.00 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%

Cp Obs
Rev. A January 3/10/2004 C Printed 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-41

Source: Larry B. Barrentine: Concepts for R&R Studies

%R&R vs. Capability


Which might need the most attention Measurement System or Process Improvement?
Process 1 2 3 4
Process 2:

%R&R 10% 40% 60% 70%

CpObs 0.5 1.0 1.5 5.5

Which do we work on? Process Either one Measurement system Measurement system*

May Benefit more by addressing Measurement system than Process improvements at this point. Would improving %R&R really be worth the effort ?

*Process 4:

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Cp vs. Sigma Level


LSL 27 MHz USL 33 MHz

xbar = 30 MHz s=1

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

S igma = 3C p
3.0 Sigma = __________
GB112-43

Cp = __________ 1.0
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cp vs. Sigma Level


LSL 29 MHz USL 31 MHz

xbar = 30 MHz s=1

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

S igma = 3C p
1.0 Sigma = __________
GB112-44

0.33 Cp = __________
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Cp vs. Sigma Level


LSL 28 MHz USL 32 MHz

xbar = 30 MHz s = .333

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

S igma = 3C p
6.0 Sigma = __________
GB112-45

2.0 Cp = __________
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cp vs. Sigma Level


LSL 28 MHz USL 32 MHz

xbar = 33 MHz s = .333

Cp

USL - LSL 6s

S igma = 3C p
6.0 Sigma = __________
GB112-46

2.0 Cp = __________
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Process Capability Ratios

Cpk

Min(

X- LSL USL- X , ) 3s 3s

CpL

X- LSL 3s

CpU

USL- X 3s

A Metric --To Take Into Account Process Shift A Metric To Take Into Account Process Shift
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-47

Measurement Error Effect on Capability Indices Cpk


To include the effects of process centering, we know
USL X Obs 3sObs X Obs LSL 3sObs
Be careful of the Be careful of the direction of the bias (the direction of the bias (the sign of the XMS)) sign of the XMS

CpkObs MIN

or

Where

sObs

2 2 sAct sMS

and

X Obs

X Act

X MS

Therefore,

C pkObs

Min

USL

X Act
2 Act

X MS s
2 MS

3 s

or

X Act 3 s

X MS
2 Act

LSL s
2 MS

What happens to Cpk when the Measurement System Error increases?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

CpL, Cpk, CpU


LSL 28 MHz USL 32 MHz

xbar = 33 MHz s = .333

5.0 CpL = ___________


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

-1.0 CpU = ___________


GB112-49

-1.0 Cpk = ____________

Questions

Can Cp and Cpk be equal in value ?

Can CpL and CpU be equal to each other ?

Can Cpk take on a negative value ?

Whats a controversial, but easy way of increasing Cp ?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Short-Term Capability
The challenge in business is obtaining accurate estimates of true Process Capability Lets take a look at an example - Minutes of Production Downtime Spec Man went out and gathered Spec Man went out and gathered production downtime data for the last 30 days production downtime data for the last 30 days The customers (Plt. manager) specification limits :: The customers (Plt. manager) specification limits No more than 40 minutes //day No more than 40 minutes day Is this process Capable? Is it Stable? YOU MAKE THE CALL !
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-51

Short Term Capability


39 3.0SL=37.36

Individual Value

34 X=30.60 29

Is The Process Is The Process In Control ?? In Control Is ItItMeeting the Is Meeting the Requirements? Requirements?

24 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

-3.0SL=23.84

Observation Number

A Short-term Capability study covers a relatively A Short-term Capability study covers a relatively short period of time (Days, Weeks) generally short period of time (Days, Weeks) generally consisting of 30 to 50 data points. The actual consisting of 30 to 50 data points. The actual number depends on the subject under study. number depends on the subject under study.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-52

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Long-Term Capability
Spec Man is excited, he declares Spec Man is excited, he declares The process is meeting the downtime requirements! The process is meeting the downtime requirements! However, the ever-wise Belt isnt ready to declare However, the ever-wise Belt isnt ready to declare victory. She suggests Long-Term Validation of the data. victory. She suggests Long-Term Validation of the data. Dejected, Spec Man goes off to perform the long-term Dejected, Spec Man goes off to perform the long-term study. study. Is this process Capable? Is it Stable? YOU MAKE THE CALL !
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-53

Long Term Capability


50 3.0SL=47.12

Individual Value

40 X=33.80 30

Is The Process Is The Process In Control ?? In Control Is ItItMeeting the Is Meeting the Requirements? Requirements?

20 0 50 100

-3.0SL=20.49

Observation Number

A Long-term capability study covers a relatively long A Long-term capability study covers a relatively long period of time (Weeks, Months) generally consisting of period of time (Weeks, Months) generally consisting of 100-200 data points. Again, the actual amount depends 100-200 data points. Again, the actual amount depends on the subject under study. on the subject under study.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-54

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

What Does This Tell Us About The Way We Look At Data ?

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-55

The Dynamic Process


LSL LSL USL USL Short-Term Capability Short-Term Capability Short-Term Capability Long-Term Capability

Over time, a process tends to shift by approximately 1.5 Over time, a process tends to shift by approximately 1.5
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-56

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 28 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Back to the Process Improvement Plan


The 6 Sigma Methodology calls for performing a Shortterm Capability study during the Measurement Phase to establish the process baseline Minitab has many tools that will help you in this area Capability Sixpack, Capability Analysis, Capability Analysis (attribute data)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-57

Capability Tools
Capability Analysis Capability 6 Pack

Subgrouped data

Individual Samples

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-58

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 29 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Pooled Standard Deviation


This is the default option for Minitab when subgroups are specified This is a weighted average of the subgroup standard deviations Caution: This option is used for best case short-term capability when rational subgroups are used
The results using this option can lead to misleading information about capability

This option is a good method for measuring instantaneous capability and may be used to establish process entitlement (Cp & Cpk)
GB112-59

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Average Moving Range


This option for estimating the Standard Deviation should be used when you have independent data points This is typical of a process where:
Each item is measured only once, and Items produced near each other are not reflective of each other
Example:
Each refrigerator is measured for cool down rate Two refrigerators manufactured next to each other can not predict the others cool down rate

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-60

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 30 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability vs. Performance


CO2 Levels for 55 Time Points
14

13 CO2-Shrt

12

11

10 Index 10 20 30 40 50

Capability: Only Capability: Only random or short random or short term variability term variability (Cp & Cpk) (Cp & Cpk)
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Process Performance: Total Process Performance: Total Variation including shifts and Variation including shifts and drifts (Pp & Ppk) drifts (Pp & Ppk)
GB112-61

Performance vs. Capability


CO2 Levels for 55 Time Points
14

13 CO2-Shrt

12

11

10 Index 10 20 30 40 50

These data show that the process, if well controlled can perform much better than it currently is.
GB112-62

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 31 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Process Indices
We will discuss indexes about process performance and process capability Process capability is the Potential of the process (Cp and Cpk) Process performance is the processes Real performance (Pp and Ppk)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-63

Capability Sixpack

Is it in control ?

Is it Normal ?

Is it in control ?

Is It Normal ? How does the process variation compare to the spec limits ? What are the results for Cpk and Ppk ?
GB112-64

What do the last 25 groups look like ?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 32 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Sixpack

Whats happening here ? ___________________


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-65

WARNING!!!
Statistical Assumptions Made In Capability Studies
1. Data Comes From A Stable Process If Not, work towards getting the process in control Dont despair, you can still make some assumptions about your process in the mean time 2. Has A Normal Distribution If Not, transform it (ask the instructor) If Items #1 and #2 arent met, results will be misleading
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-66

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 33 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability / Performance Indices


Minitab can give both Short-term and Long-term process capability data for the same data set Use the file DM CAPABILITY.MPJ, worksheet CAPABILITY.MPJ CARBAT2.MTW Fill in the dialog boxes as follows

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-67

Minitab Capability Study


3. 1.

2.

4.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-68

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 34 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Results for CO2-Long


Process Capability of CO2-Long
LSL
P rocess Data LS L 8.00000 Target * USL 16.00000 S ample M ean 12.64258 S ample N 155 S tD ev (Within) 0.51407 S tD ev (O v erall) 0.84298

USL W ithin Ov erall


P otential (Within) C apability Cp 3.02 C PL 3.51 C PU 2.54 C pk 2.54 C C pk 3.02 O v erall C apability Pp PPL PPU P pk C pm 1.84 2.14 1.55 1.55 *

8.4
O bserv ed P erformance P P M < LS L 0.00 P P M > U S L 0.00 P P M Total 0.00

9.6

10.8

12.0

13.2

14.4

15.6

E xp. Within P erformance P P M < LS L 0.00 P P M > U S L 0.00 P P M Total 0.00

E xp. O v erall P erformance P P M < LS L 0.02 P P M > U S L 34.05 P P M Total 34.07

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-69

Computing the Standard Deviation


n

xi MR
Cp and Cpk
* within
i 2

xi

( n 1)

MR 1.128
n 2

Pp and Ppk

xi
* For subgroup size = 1

overall

i 1

n 1

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-70

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 35 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Study Results


Notice that both Cp / Cpk and Pp / Ppk values are given The data shows that the Capability of the process (Cpk) is 2.18 and the Entitlement (Cp) is 2.59
This shows that if the process were under good control it could be a world class performer >6 !!

The data also shows the Performance of the process (Ppk) is reasonably capable with a value of 1.33 But, does this tell the entire story? Perform the analysis on the same data using the Capability Sixpack (Normal) option in Minitab. Do you see any problems that may need resolution?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-71

Process Performance and Capability


The Ppk can closely approach the Cp when
The Customer specifications truly reflect customer requirements The process in under statistical control The data approximate the normal distribution

The Cp is like a benchmark or entitlement


The sigma for capability is driven primarily by random error

We would like Ppk to be very close to Cp

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-72

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 36 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

The Idea of Rational Subgroups


There is another way of establishing the sigma for capability and that is through rational subgroups Goal:
To establish a sampling window small enough to exclude systematic non-random influences (special causes)

Intended Result:
Data exhibiting only common cause variation within groups of n items and special cause (if it exists) variation between groups

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-73

Rational Subgroups - Implications


If done correctly, averaged (Pooled) sigmas from the subgroups estimate best case process capability of the current process

If there is a big difference between the If there is a big difference between the pooled standard deviation and the total pooled standard deviation and the total standard deviation, then either the process standard deviation, then either the process mean, or the process sigma is changing mean, or the process sigma is changing over time over time

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-74

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 37 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

An Example of Rational Subgroups


Open the worksheet RATIONAL SUBGROUPS.MTW Plot the data using the Time Series plot Click on Graph > Time Series Plot and fill in the information as shown below.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-75

An Example of Rational Subgroups

How does the Within Groups Sigma relate to the Total Sigma? How does the Within Groups Sigma relate to the Total Sigma? Hint: You can run the Descriptive Stat procedure twice once for the total Hint: You can run the Descriptive Stat procedure twice once for the total data set and then use the BY function with Shift as the BY variable. data set and then use the BY function with Shift as the BY variable.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-76

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 38 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Descriptive Statistics

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-77

Results of Descriptive Statistics

What implication does this have in studying process capability? What implication does this have in studying process capability? What Sigma represents the real process capability? What What Sigma represents the real process capability? What Sigma represents the potential process capability? Sigma represents the potential process capability?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-78

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 39 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Components of Variation and Rational Subgroups


Dem onstation of Rational Subgroups Shift is the Grouping Variable
3.5

Output

2.5

1 .5

Hour

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2021 230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 123 4 56 7 89 22

Total Variability
g n

Mean Shift Variability


g g n

Pooled Within Grps Variability

( X ij X ) 2
j= 1 i =1

n
j= 1

(X j - X) 2
j 1 i =1

(X ij

X j)2

Total Sum-of Squares = Between Grp SS + Within Grp SS


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-79

Components of Variation and Rational Subgroups


Dem onstation of Rational Subgroups Shift is the Grouping Variable
3.5

Output

2.5

1 .5

Hour

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2021 230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 123 4 56 7 89 22

Total Sum-of Squares = Between Grp SS + Within Grp SS


g n g g n

( X ij X ) 2
j= 1 i =1

n
j= 1

(X j - X) 2
j 1 i =1

(X ij

X j)2

Capability Capability

Special Cause Special Cause


GB112-80

Random Random

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 40 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Visualizing the Components


g
LSL LSL

(X Xj )2 ij
j 1 i=1

USL USL

n
j=1

(X j - X) 2

(Xij X)2
j=1 i=1
Over time, a process tends to shift by approximately 1.5 Over time, a process tends to shift by approximately 1.5
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-81

Exercises in Diagnostics
Now lets look at 4 long-term capability studies to practice what weve learned Use worksheets Diag 1.MTW, Diag 2.MTW, Diag 3.MTW, 2.MTW 3.MTW 1.MTW Diag 4.MTW in DM CAPABILITY.MPJ Process Target: Process USL: Process LSL: 70 100 40

Use the data sets and complete the exercise sheets on the following pages for each Each data set represents a long term capability study using 150 data points
Use the diagnostics from the Capability Analysis (Normal) and the Use the diagnostics from the Capability Analysis (Normal) and the Capability Six Pack (Normal) to set a course of action Capability Six Pack (Normal) to set a course of action
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-82

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 41 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Diag 1 Worksheet Cp Sigma: Capability Pp Sigma: Performance Ppk Cpk

Normal ? In Statistical Control ?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-83

Diag 2 Worksheet Cp Sigma: Capability Pp Sigma: Performance Ppk Cpk

Normal ? In Statistical Control ?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-84

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 42 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Diag 3 Worksheet Cp Sigma: Capability Pp Sigma: Performance Ppk Cpk

Normal ? In Statistical Control ?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-85

Diag 4 Worksheet Cp Sigma: Capability Pp Sigma: Performance Ppk Cpk

Normal ? In Statistical Control ?


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-86

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 43 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Summary Sheet


Many times you will be interested in the capability of more than one Key Output or Key Input Variable. Use the Capability Summary Sheet to track the status on the variables of interest. This is found in the Excel spreadsheet: Capability Summary Sheet.xls. Sheet.xls Key Process Output Variable
Capability Status Sheet

Example

Customer Requirement (Output Variable)

Measurement Technique

%R&R or P/T Ratio

Upper Spec Limit

Target

Lower Spec Limit

Cp

Cpk

Sample Size

Date

Actions

Customer Requirement (Output Variable) Fire Retardency Selvage Edge Consistency Membrane Stability

Measurement Technique UL 700 On-line Physical Measurement Oven Test

% R&R or P/T Ratio 25% 15% None

Upper Spec Limit 3 4.5 0.75

Target 1.5 4 0.5

Lower Spec Limit na 3.5 na

Cp

Cpk

Sample Size

Date

Status

1.15 1.1

0.85 0.65

50 25

No Data Available Improvement Sep-95 Plan in Place Measurement Aug-95 Study Scheduled

This example shows lack of capability data for the first KPOV, lack This example shows lack of capability data for the first KPOV, lack of good capability for the second KPOV and lack of measurement of good capability for the second KPOV and lack of measurement systems evaluation for the third KPOV. systems evaluation for the third KPOV.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-87

Types of Capability Indexes


Instantaneous Capability: Process Capability over an extremely short period of time This should represent the very best performance a process is capable of over a short time This should be a close estimate of process entitlement Can be estimated using the best run of a short-term or long-term study Short-Term Capability: Capability study based on 30-50 data points Usually equal to or greater than long-term capability Long-Term Capability: Capability study based on a large number of data points Best estimate of true process capability Diagnostics can be made from this data

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-88

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 44 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Goal Setting
This is a generic sequence of process improvement:
Near Term Goal: Move the Ppk to Pp (Center the process) Mid-Term Goal: Move the Pp to Cpk (Reduce Variation) Long-Term Goal: Move Cpk to Cp (Random Variation)

Six Sigma Process


Cp = 2.00 Ppk = 1.5

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-89

Questions to Ask About Output Variables


Is the measurement system adequate? For a Key Process Output Variable is:
Nominal Best, Larger Better Smaller Better?

Is the concern for


Process Centering Process Variation or both?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-90

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 45 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Questions to Ask About Output Variables


What is the baseline for the process variable?
Mean Sigma

Is the Output currently in statistical control? Is the Output affected by time? Are there multiple responses youre concerned with?
Whats the priority?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-91

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB112-92

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 46 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Roadmap - 30,000 Ft. View


What Type of Data What Type of Data Do You Have ? Do You Have ? Attribute Data Attribute Data Collect Data Collect Data On Process On Process Analyze Data Analyze Data In Excel In Excel State Capability State Capability
DPU, PPM DPU, PPM

Variables Data Variables Data Collect Data Collect Data On Process On Process Analyze Data Analyze Data In Minitab In Minitab State Capability State Capability
DPU, PPM DPU, PPM Cp, Cpk, Pp, Ppk Cp, Cpk, Pp, Ppk
GB112-93

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Summary
You should be able to set short, intermediate and longterm goals based on capability data These tools will be used extensively in the Measurement, Improvement, and Control Phases of process improvement !!

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-94

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 47 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Capability Studies with Attribute Data

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-95

Attribute Capability Studies


Use the Attribute Sigma Calculator (Excel spreadsheet Attribute Sigma Calculator.xls) Calculator.xls Use the Minitab functions
Capability Analysis (Binomial) Capability Analysis (Poisson)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-96

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 48 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Calculating the Product Sigma-Level


Calculate Defects per Unit (DPU):

DPU =

Total # of Defects Total # of Units Produced

Calculate Defects per Million Opportunities (DPMO):


DPMO = Defects Per Unit x 1,000,000 Oppty / Unit

Go to a Sigma Chart and Estimate the Sigma Level or Use the Attribute Sigma Calculator
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-97

Capability Tool - Attribute Data

Attribute Sigma Calculator.XLS


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-98

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 49 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Attribute Exercises:
Manufacturing

Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ? Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ?
#1 Defective Bolts The plant has just completed a run of 40,000 bolts. 100 of the bolts were found to be defective. DPU = 0.0025 DPMO = 2500 Sigma = 2.81 #2 Defective Lots During March, 12,412 Type A motors were assembled into dryers. Each motor has 3 opportunities to be produced correctly (1 opportunity each for Power, Vibration, and Overall Weight). During the month, 200 defective occurences were observed. DPU = 0.0161 DPMO = 5371 Sigma = 2.55 #3 Defective Batches The plant has just completed a run of 400 refrigerators (134 parts per refrigerator). During the build, 12,312 defective (misassembled or damaged) parts were observed. DPU = 30.78 DPMO = 229,701 Sigma = 0.74
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-99

Attribute Exercises:
Manufacturing

Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ? Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ?
#1 Defective Coils The plant has just completed a build of 1291 coils. 104 of the coils were found to be defective. #2 Defective Sheets of Steel During March, 15,514 Type A sheets were manufactured. Each sheet has 5 opportunities to be manufactured in a defective manner (1 opportunity at each station). During the build, 203 defects were observed.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-100

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 50 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Attribute Exercises: Non-Manufacturing Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ? Whats The DPU, DPMO, & Sigma ?
#1 Defective Purchase Orders During March, 764 purchase orders were placed. 321 of them had defects. #2 Late Shipments For 1997, 42,100 shipments of spare parts were made. 4,100 arrived late. #3 Defective Purchase Orders During March, 764 purchase orders were placed. On the forms, there are 8 locations in which to place information. 1234 locations had defective information.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-101

Minitab
Minitab will provide the same calculations as the Attribute Sigma Calculator and it will provide additional information, as well. Minitab will provide A control chart of the inspection data, which will allow you to determine if your process is in control. A plot of the defect distribution or a binomial plot, which will allow you to test assumptions about the distribution of the defectives. A plot of the cumulative percent defective, which will tell you if you have taken enough samples and if your process has stabilized.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-102

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 51 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-103

Minitab
Open the Minitab project file Attribute Capability.mpj The active worksheet should be Binomial1.MTW. If Binomial1.MTW this is not the active worksheet click on Window > Binomial1. Binomial1 Perform an attribute capability study on the data in the worksheet using the Capability Analysis (Binomial) function of Minitab.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-104

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 52 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-105

Minitab
Is the process Is the process stable and stable and in control? in control?

Was the sampling Was the sampling from aabinomial from binomial distribution? distribution?

What is the What is the distribution of distribution of the defectives the defectives in the samples? in the samples?

Have you collected Have you collected enough samples to enough samples to allow the %Defective allow the %Defective to stabilize? to stabilize?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

What are the What are the capability estimates? capability estimates?
GB112-106

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 53 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
Change the active worksheet to Binomial2.MTW Change the active worksheet to Binomial2.MTW and perform the same analysis on this data. and perform the same analysis on this data.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-107

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-108

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 54 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab
The Poisson distribution is associated with the number of defects observed in an item where the item occupies a specified amount of time or space. It is not necessary for the size of the item inspected to be constant. The size of the item may vary. Examples
The number of breaks in a piece of wire. The pieces of wire inspected may be of different lengths. The number of scratches on the surface an appliance.

Change the active worksheet to Poisson.MTW and perform Change the active worksheet to Poisson.MTW and perform a capability analysis on the data. a capability analysis on the data.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-109

Minitab
Change the active worksheet to Poisson.MTW and perform Change the active worksheet to Poisson.MTW and perform a capability analysis on the data. a capability analysis on the data.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-110

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 55 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Minitab

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-111

Questions
Does the performance meet capability?
If performance meets capability there is no reason for looking for process control techniques If performance is not meeting capability, then there may be opportunities for SPC and APC

Does capability meet the customers needs?


If capability meets customer requirements, then there is no need to work on the process If capability is not meeting customer requirements, then a process change is required.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-112

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 56 402-108, Rev. C

CAPABILITY STUDIES

Performance and Capability Matrix


Does Capability meet Customer Does Capability meet Customer Needs? Needs? Does Performance meet Capability? Does Performance meet Capability?
No (Ppk < Cp) Change Process
(reduce variability)

Yes (Ppk = Cp) Change Process


(reduce variability)

No (Cp < Goal)

Improve Control Little Opportunity for Improvement

Yes (Cp >> Goal)

Improve Control

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB112-113

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 57 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Cause and Effects Matrix

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-1

Objectives
To link the Cause and Effects (C&E) Matrix to the Process Map To review the steps to create the C&E Matrix To link the C&E Matrix to further steps in the DMAIC Process Improvement To create a C&E Matrix

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB113-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cause and Effects Matrix


This is a simplified QFD (Quality Function Deployment) matrix to emphasize the importance of understanding the customer requirements Relates the Key Inputs to the Key Outputs (Customer Requirements) using the process map as the primary information source Key Outputs are scored as to importance to the customer Key Inputs are scored as to relationship to key outputs

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Step 1: List Key Outputs


S I P
Customer places order Inventory Shipment Information Vendor Pickers Customer Packers Shipper Fill Order Inventory Reduction Pack Order Process Order Sales $ Customer placing order

VOC VOB

Shipping supplies

Ship Order

Translate Into Requirements


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-5

Cause and Effects Matrix Outputs


Pareto of Key Inputs to evaluate in the FMEA and control plans Input into the Capability Study in the Measurement Phase Input into the initial evaluation of the Process Control Plan

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Cause & Effect Matrix Steps


Identify key customer requirements (Outputs) from process map Rank order and assign priority factor to each Output (usually on a 1 to 10 scale) Identify all process steps and materials (Inputs) from the Process Map Evaluate correlation of each input to each output
low score: changes in the input variable (amount, quality, etc.) have small effect on output variable high score: changes in the input variable can greatly affect the output variable

Cross multiply correlation values with priority factors and sum for each Input
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-7

Examples
Manufacturing
Inputs Outputs

Stamping
SOP Dies Steel Material Equipment Die Maintenance Shift Operator NonNonFlatness Undamaged Parts Dimensionality Tensile Strength Burr free Cycle Time

Manufacturing
Outputs

Inputs

Order Entry
Phone FAX Email Price Availability Confirmation of Order Promise Date Order number
GB113-8

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Process Mapping Examples


Manufacturing
Inputs Gear speed Gear wear Material lot Material properties Type C U U U Feed Feed material from roll Cycle Time Material properties Outputs Inputs Drawing speed Material properties Die number Type C U C Drawing Draw features Outputs Cycle Time Correct part Correct dimensions Tensile strength Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force Shear force Die wear Material properties Ram force Ram speed Die number Die hardness

C U U C U U U C C C C

Cutting Cut material to length

Cycle Time Correct length Burr free

Punch speed Punch wear Material properties Clamping force Ram force Solvent type Solvent purity Solvent age Surface roughness Contaminant level Humidity Temperature GB113-9

C U U C U C U U U U U U

Punching Punch out features

Stamping Stamp piece to size

Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Cleaning Clean metal surface

Cycle Time Clean surface Residue free

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cause & Effect Matrix Form


1. List Key Outputs
Rating of Importance to Customer 1 Requirement 2 Requirement 3 Requirement 4 Requirement 5 Requirement 6 Requirement 7 Requirement 8 Requirement 9 Requirement 10 Requirement 11 Requirement 12 Requirement 13 Requirement 14 Requirement 15 Requirement

Total

Process Step Process Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cause and Effect Matrix.XLS Cause and Effect Matrix.XLS


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Example
Rating of Importance to 1. List Key 1. List Key Customer Outputs Outputs 1 2 Undamaged Parts 3 Dimensionality 4 5 6

Cycle Time
13 Requirement 14 Requirement

Burr Free

Tensile Strength

Flatness

Total

Process Step

Process Input

The Outputs are defined in Step 1 of Process Mapping The Outputs are defined in Step 1 of Process Mapping
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-11

Cause & Effect Matrix Form


Rating of Importance to Customer 1 Requirement 2 Requirement 3 Requirement 4 Requirement 5 Requirement 6 Requirement 7 Requirement 8 Requirement 9 Requirement 10 Requirement 11 Requirement 12 Requirement 15 Requirement

Process Step Process Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2. Rank 2. Rank Outputs as to Outputs as to Customer Customer Total importance importance


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Example
2. Rank Customer 2. Rank Outputs as to Outputs as to Customer Customer importance importance
Rating of Importance to 7 1 9 2 Undamaged Parts 9 3 Dimensionality 4 4 6 5 8 6

Cycle Time
13 Requirement 14 Requirement

Burr Free

Tensile Strength

Flatness

Total

Process Step

Process Input

This step should include Marketing, Product Development and This step should include Marketing, Product Development and Manufacturing. If possible, include customer representatives. Manufacturing. If possible, include customer representatives.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-13

Cause & Effect Matrix Form


Rating of

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

Requirement

3. List Key Importance to 3. List Key Customer Inputs by Inputs by Process Step Process Step

10

11

12

15

Total

Process Step Process Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Example
Rating of Importance to Customer 7 1 9 2 9 3 4 4 6 5 8 6

Undam aged Parts Dim ensionality

3. List Key 3. List Key Inputs by Inputs by Process Step Process Step
Process Step
Feed Feed Feed Feed Cutting Cutting Cutting Cutting

Cycle Tim e
13 Requirement 14 Requirement

Tensile Strength Burr Free

Flatness

Total

Process Input
Gear Speed Gear Wear Material lot Material properties Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force

This step uses the Process Map inputs directly. Notice the Process This step uses the Process Map inputs directly. Notice the Process Inputs follow the Process map step-by-step. Inputs follow the Process map step-by-step.
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-15

Cause & Effect Matrix Form


4. Relate 4. Relate Inputs to Rating of Inputs to Importance to Outputs Customer Outputs
1 Requirement 2 Requirement 3 Requirement 4 Requirement 5 Requirement 6 Requirement 7 Requirement 8 Requirement 9 Requirement 10 Requirement 11 Requirement 12 Requirement 15 Requirement

Total

Process Step Process Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Relating Inputs to Customer Requirements


You are ready to relate the customer requirements to the process input variables Correlational scores: No more than 3 levels 1, 3 and 5 1, 3 and 9 Assignment of the scoring takes the most time To avoid this, spell out the criteria for each score: 0 = No Correlation 1 = The process input only remotely affects the customer requirement 3 = The Process input has a moderate effect on the customer requirement 9 = The Process input has a direct and strong effect on the customer requirement
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-17

Example
Rating of Importance to Customer 7 1 9 2 Undamaged Parts 9 3 Dimensionality 4 4 6 5 8 6

Cycle Time 9 9 0 0 9 3 9 1 3 0

Burr Free

Tensile Strength

Flatness

4. Relate 4. Relate Inputs to Inputs to Outputs Outputs

Total

Process Step
Feed Feed Feed Feed Cutting Cutting Cutting Cutting Cutting Stamping

Process Input
Gear Speed Gear Wear Material lot Material properties Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force Shear force Die wear 3 0 9 9 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 1 9 9 1 3 1 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 0 9 0 0 0 1 9 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9

This is a subjective estimate of how influential the Input Variables This is a subjective estimate of how influential the Input Variables are on the Output Variables are on the Output Variables
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Cause & Effect Matrix Form


Rating of Importance to Customer 1 Requirement 2 Requirement 3 Requirement 4 Requirement 5 Requirement 6 Requirement 7 Requirement 8 Requirement 9 Requirement 10 Requirement 11 Requirement 12 Requirement 13 Requirement 14 Requirement 15 Requirement

5. Cross5. Crossmultiply and multiply and prioritize Total prioritize


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Process Step Process Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Sum of Rating x Correlational Score values for all Sum of Rating x Correlational Score values for all Requirements Requirements
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-19

Example
Rating of Importance to Customer 7 1 9 2 Undamaged Parts 9 3 Dimensionality 4 4 6 5 8 6

5. Cross5. Crossmultiply and multiply and prioritize Total prioritize


9 9 0 0 9 3 9 1 3 0 297 238 189 189 355 207 243 233 231 225

Process Step
Feed Feed Feed Feed Cutting Cutting Cutting Cutting Cutting Stamping

Process Input
Gear Speed Gear Wear Material lot Material properties Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force Shear force Die wear 3 0 9 9 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 1 9 9 1 3 1 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 0 9 0 0 0 1 9 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9

We now start getting a feel for which variables are most We now start getting a feel for which variables are most important to explaining variation in the outputs important to explaining variation in the outputs
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Cycle Time

Burr Free

Tensile Strength

Flatness

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Example

Process Step
Cutting Punching Drawing Stamping Feed Punching Cutting

Process Input
Shear speed Punch speed Drawing speed Ram speed Gear Speed Punch wear Material properties 9 9 9 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 0 9 3 9 0 9 9 9 0 1 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 9 355 351 333 315 297 249 243

We have sorted on the cross-multiplied numbers and find We have sorted on the cross-multiplied numbers and find that the Input variables in the box above are the most that the Input variables in the box above are the most important important We can now evaluate the control plans for these Input We can now evaluate the control plans for these Input Variables Variables
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-21

Non-Manufacturing Example
Rating of Importance to Customer 9 1 7 2 10 3 Promise Date 3 4 Order confirmation 3 5 Order Number 3 9 0 9 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 9 9 0 1 0 0 0

Availibility

Process Step 11 8 3 10 6 Order Entry Internal Info Answer Phone Order Entry Internal Info

Process Inputs Computer entry screens Order worksheet form Answering procedure Order worksheet Order info Production contact info Info from customer Plant loading info Cross ref for P/N Lead time information from mfg Production schedule Confirmation procedure Printed confirmation sheet Shipment method Customer contact info Pricing algorithm Greeting script Telephone system

Pricing

Total 270 264 261 261 246 198 195 192 183 181 174 144 132 120 120 63 35 3

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 9 9 0 3 1 0 0 1 0

9 9 9 9 9 0 3 3 9 1 0 0 3 3 0 9 1 0

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 9 9 0 1 0

9 1 9 0 1 9 1 0 1 0 1 9 9 0 9 0 3 1

17 Order Confirmation Answer Phone 1 Internal Info 7 Internal Info 5 12 Order Entry 15 Order Confirmation 18 14 Order Confirmation

Order Confirmation Order Entry 13 16 9 2 4 Order Confirmation Internal Info Answer Phone Answer Phone

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Focused Approach
Phase I Place the Outputs across the top of the matrix and rank Place the process steps down the side of the matrix Correlate process step to Outputs Pareto the process steps Phase II Start a new C&E Matrix with the Inputs from the top three or four process steps Recommended when first starting a project
Focuses the efforts and gives the team a feeling that theyre working on the important process steps first Gives you a running start at the FMEA and preliminary Control Plan Analysis
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-23

Focused Approach, cont.


Place the Outputs across the top of the matrix and rank
Place Inputs down the side of the matrix starting with the first process step and moving to the last This approach is okay for small process with relatively few steps

Should only be used for processes with a relatively small number of steps and Inputs

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Linking the C&E Matrix to Other Tools


C&E Matrix
Rating of Importance to Customer 9 1 9 2 7 3 Cleanliness 10 4 10 5 Homogeneity 9 6 Consistency 3 7 Digets Time 2 8 Temperature 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Gel Time Viscosity

Process Inputs

Solids

Color

Total

ut

ts pu

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Scales Accuracy Preheating DICY TK DMF Load Accuracy DMF Cleanliness DMF Raw Materials DICY Load Accuracy DICY Envir. Factors DICY Raw Materials DICY Mixer Speecd

9 1 3 1 1 9 8 8 1

8 1 8 1 1 7 5 5 1

2 1 1 4 1 1 3 1 1

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7

9 1 8 2 2 9 8 9 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

8 1 8 1 1 2 2 2 1

321 65 255 105 74 269 247 242 125

In p

ut s

Control Plan Summary


Control Plan
Product: Key Contact: Phone: Core Team: Date (Orig): Date (Rev): Process Process Step Input Output Process Specification (LSL, USL, Target) Cpk /Date Measurement Technique %R&R P/T Sample Size Sample Frequency Control Reaction Plan Method

Capability Summary
Key Process Output Variable Capability Status Sheet
Customer Requirement (Output Variable) Gel Time Viscosity Cleanliness Color Homogeneity Consistency Digets Time Temperature Solids Measurement Technique %R&R or P/T Ratio Upper Spec Limit Target Lower Spec Limit Cp Cpk Sample Size Date Actions

FMEA
Process/Product Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
Process or Product Name: Responsible: Prepared by: FMEA Date (Orig) ______________ (Rev) ___

DICY DMF DMF DICY DICY DICY DICY DMF

Turn Steam on Scales Accuracy Load DMF Load DMF Load DICY Load DICY Load DICY Load DICY Load DMF DMF Load Accuracy DMF Cleanliness DICY Envir. Factors DICY Load Accuracy DICY Raw Materials DICY Mixer Speecd DMF Raw Materials

The Key Outputs are listed and evaluated

Process Step/Part Number Spin Draw Process

Potential Failure Mode Fiber Breakouts

Potential Failure Effects Undersized package, High SD panel-hours lost

S E V 2

Potential Causes Dirty Spinneret Filament motion

O C C 8

Current Controls Visual Detection of Wraps and broken Filaments Visual Sight-glass

D E T 9

R P N 144

DICY

Turn Steam on Preheating DICY TK

5 Polymer defects 8

2 Fuzzball Light 2

8 9

80 144 0

Key Inputs are explored


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

The Key Inputs are evaluated

GB113-25

Next Steps
Control Plan Review Perform an initial assessment of the control plan for high ranked Inputs in the C&E matrix Pareto Perform the same assessment for high ranked Outputs (customer requirements) This helps identify low hanging fruit at the front end of a Process Improvement project Capability Review Review the Capability Summary for those Inputs ranked high in the C&E matrix Pareto If there are blanks (unknown capability), review measurement systems and collect baseline data FMEA High ranked Inputs will be evaluated using the FMEA
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Control Plan Evaluation


Standard Operating Procedures
Do they exist? Are they understood? Are they being followed? Are they current? Is operator certification performed? Is there a process audit schedule?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-27

Control Plan Evaluation


Controllable Input Variables:
How are they monitored? How often are they verified? Are optimum target values and specifications known? How much variation is there around the target value? How consistent are they?

Other Questions:
How often is the Input Variable out of control? Which Input Variables should have control charts?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Is it Controlled or Uncontrolled? Is it Controllable or Uncontrollable?


Current System Controlled Uncontrolled

Label C or U Using Current System

Controllable

OPPORTUNITY! Validate with Measurement System Analysis Put in control system Label as U*

Possible

Uncontrollable

Why? Could validate its truly uncontrollable with DOE/Response Surface Methods

No short term solution Long term possibly implement technology / advanced design

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-29

Summary
Linked the Cause and Effects (C&E) Matrix to the Process Map Reviewed the steps to create the C&E Matrix Linked the C&E Matrix to further steps in the DMAIC Process Improvement Performed an exercise to create a C&E Matrix

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

CAUSE AND EFFECTS MATRIX

Coffee Making C&E Matrix Exercise


Objective: Take 20 minutes to generate a C&E Matrix using your previous Coffee Making process map Assumptions: Customer requirements and associated Importance Ranking
Great taste, not bitter - 10 Hot, but not scalding 8 Condiments - 8

Procedure: Include all Input Variables


Controlled and Uncontrolled

Deliverables: Determine ranking of Input Variables Choose top 3 Input Variables for the next step
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB113-31

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA)

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-1

Objectives
Provide insight to the uses of FMEA Identification of risk sources Define the different types of FMEA To learn the steps in developing a Process FMEA Create an FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB114-3

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Definition - FMEA
A structured approach to:
identifying the ways in which a product or process can fail estimating the risk associated with specific modes of failure prioritizing the actions that should be taken to reduce the risk evaluating the design validation plan (Product) or the current control plan (Process)

Primary Directive: Identify ways the product or process can fail and eliminate or reduce the risk of failure
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Where do Risks Come From?


Unclear Customer Expectations Potential Safety Hazards Poor control plans & SOPs Poor Process Capability

Cumulative Risk
Vague Workmanship Standards Machine Reliability Measurement Variation (Online and QC)
GB114-5

Raw Material Variation Poorly developed Specification Limits


D. H. Stamatis, FMEA:FMEA from Theory to Practice, Quality Press, 1995

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

The Opportunities to Reduce or Eliminate Failures Decrease with Time

Prevent cause Prevent cause from leading to mode Prevent mode from leading to effect Detect & remove defective parts TIME
Concept firm Production prints complete
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Savings

Initial tooling built


GB114-6

Production

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

History
First used in the 1960s in the Aerospace industry during the Apollo missions In 1974 the Navy developed MIL-STD-1629 regarding the use of FMEA In the late 1970s, automotive applications driven by liability costs Tyco Electronics Manual 402-29 describes the FMEA process in detail

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-7

Types of FMEA
System - used to analyze complete systems and sub-systems in the early concept and design stages Focuses on potential failure modes, caused by the design, associated with the functions of the system Design - used to analyze product designs before they are released to production Focuses on Product Function Assumes that the product is properly manufactured to the specifications Process - used to analyze manufacturing and assembly processes Focuses on Process Inputs (what can go wrong in the manufacturing process) Assumes that all components meet the design requirements
GB114-8

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Role of Process FMEA


Key tool of process team to improve the process in a preemptive manner (before failures occur) Used to prioritize resources to insure process improvement efforts are beneficial to customer Used to document completion of projects Should be a dynamic document, continually reviewed, amended, updated

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-9

Purposes of Process FMEA


Analyzes new processes Identifies deficiencies in the process control plan Establishes the priority of actions Evaluates the risk of process changes Identifies potential variables to consider in Multi-vari and DOE studies Guides the development of new processes Helps set the stage for breakthrough

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

FMEA Inputs and Outputs


Inputs
Process map C&E matrix Process history Process technical procedures Team experience and knowledge of the process

Outputs
List of actions to prevent causes or to detect failure modes History of actions taken

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-11

FMEA Team
Team approach is necessary Responsible Belt leads the team Recommended representatives:
Design Practitioners / Operators / Supervisors Quality Reliability Maintenance Materials Testing Suppliers
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Definition of Terms
Failure Mode Effect Cause Current Controls Severity, Occurrence, Detection Risk Priority Number (RPN)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-13

Failure Mode
Failure Mode - the way in which a specific process input fails. If the mode is not detected and either corrected or removed it will cause Effect to occur Can be associated with a defect (in discrete manufacturing) or a process input variable that goes outside of specification Anything that can be wrong with a process input or output is considered a Failure Mode Examples Temperature too high Incorrect PO number Surface contamination Dropped call (customer service) Stubbing with contact receptacle during mating Paint too thin
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Effect
Failure Effect - impact on customer requirements generally external customer focus, but can also include internal customers / downstream processes Examples Mode
Temperature too high Incorrect PO number Surface contamination Dropped call Stubbing with contact receptacle during mating Paint too thin
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Effect
Paint cracks Accounts Receivable traceability errors Poor adhesion Customer dissatisfaction Difficult to mate. High mating force. Poor coverage
GB114-15

Cause
Cause Sources of variation that allow the Failure Mode to become active Identification of Causes should start with Failure Modes associated with the highest severity ratings Examples Mode
Temperature too high Incorrect PO number Surface contamination Dropped call Stubbing with contact receptacle during mating Paint too thin
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cause
Thermocouple out of calibration Typographical error Lubrication residue Insufficient number of Customer Service representatives Incorrect dimensions specified High solvent content
GB114-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Current Controls
Current Controls (Sometimes referred to as Methods of Verification) Systematized methods/devices in place to prevent or detect Failure Modes Three types of control methods
Type 1: Prevents the Cause or prevents the Cause from leading to the Failure Mode. Type 2: Detects the Failure Mode in time to lead to corrective action before the Effect takes place. Type 3: Detects the Effect of the Failure Mode after it has occurred.

Prevention consists of mistake proofing (Poka Yoke), automated control and set-up verifications Detection consists of audits, checklists, inspection, laboratory testing, training, SOPs, preventive maintenance, etc. Which is more important to process improvement -- prevention or detection?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-17

FMEA Model
Cause Cause

Failure Mode Failure Mode Material or process input


(Defect) (Defect)

Effect Effect

Process Step External customer or downstream process step

Controls Controls
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

The Dynamic Nature of the FMEA


Why Armies of Knights Lose Battles

Loss of Nail

Loss of Shoe

Loss of Horse

Loss of Rider

Loss of Battle

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-19

FMEA Model
Prevention
Cause Cause

Detection

Which is best case? Which is best case? Which is worst case? Which is worst case?
Detection

Material or process input

Failure Mode Failure Mode (Defect) (Defect)

Detection
Effect Effect

Process Step External customer or downstream process step

Controls Controls
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Linking Failure Modes to Effects


Failure Mode 11 Failure Mode Failure Mode 22 Failure Mode

or

Effect 1 Effect 1

Failure Mode 11 Failure Mode

Effect 11 Effect Effect 22 Effect

Failure Mode 11 Failure Mode Failure Mode 22 Failure Mode

and

Effect 11 Effect

Note that the relationship between the Failure Mode and the Effect is not always 1-to-1
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-21

Risk Priority Number (RPN)


The output of an FMEA is the Risk Priority Number The RPN is a calculated number based on information you provide regarding
the SEVERITY of the EFFECT, the probability of OCCURRENCE of the CAUSE the ability of the CURRENT CONTROLS to DETECT the failures modes

It is calculated as the product of three quantitative ratings, each one related to the effects, causes, and controls: RPN = Severity X Occurrence X Detection Effects Causes Controls Effects Causes Controls
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Risk Priority Number


Risk Priority Number is not sacred Scaling for Severity, Occurrence and Detection can be locally developed Other categories can be added
For example, one engineer added an Impact score to the RPN calculation to estimate the overall impact of the Failure Mode on the process

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-23

Definition of RPN Terms


Severity (of Effect)- importance of effect on customer requirements - could also be concerned with safety and other risks if failure occurs (1=Not Severe, 10=Very Severe) Occurrence (of Cause)- frequency with which a given Cause occurs and creates Failure Mode. Can sometimes refer to the frequency of a Failure Mode (1=Not Likely, 10=Very Likely) Detection (capability of Current Controls) - ability of current control scheme to detect or prevent:
the causes before creating failure mode the failure modes before causing effect 1=Likely to Detect, 10=Not Likely at all to Detect
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Example Rating Scale


Rating 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Severity of Effect Hazardous without warning Hazardous with warning Loss of primary function Reduced primary function performance Loss of secondary function Reduced secondary function performance Minor defect noticed by most customers Minor defect noticed by some customers Minor defect noticed by discriminating customers No effect Low: Relatively few failures Probability of Occurrence Very high: Failure is almost inevitable Ability to Detect Can not detect Very remote chance of detection Remote chance of detection Very low chance of detection Low chance of detection Moderate chance of detection Moderately high chance of detection High chance of detection Very high chance of detection Almost certain detection

High: Repeated failures

Moderate: Occasional failures

Remote: Failure is unlikely

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-25

FMEA Model
Because the Detection score is a little difficult to understand, we will do a quick exercise. Give a Detection score for each of the boxes below: Det = 1 Det = 3
Prevention

Cause Cause

Detection

Det = 7 Det = 10
Detection

Material or process input

Failure Mode Failure Mode (Defect) (Defect) Effect Effect

Detection

Process Step External customer or downstream process step

Controls Controls
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

FMEA Scoring
There are a wide variety of scoring anchors, both quantitative or qualitative Two types of scales are 1-5 or 1-10 The 1-5 scale makes it easier for the teams to decide on scores The 1-10 scale allows for better precision in estimates and a wide variation in scores The 1-10 scale is generally considered The 1-10 scale is generally considered to be the best option to be the best option

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-27

FMEA Form - Initial Assessment

Process Step/Input What is the process step/ Input under investigation?

Potential Failure Mode

Potential Failure Effects

S E V How Severe is the effect to the customer?

Potential Causes

O C C How often does cause or FM occur?

Current Controls

D E T How well can you detect cause or FM?

R P N

Actions Recommended What are the actions for reducing the occurrence of the Cause, or improving detection? Should have actions only on high RPN's or easy fixes.

In what ways does the Input Variable go wrong?

What is the impact on the Output Variables (Customer Requirements) or internal requirements?

What causes the Input Variable to go wrong?

What are the existing controls and procedures (inspection and test) that prevent either the cause or the Failure Mode? Should include an SOP number.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Philosophical Approach
Focus on Safety Issues Assume incoming material is perfect and process is not good Assume process is perfect and incoming material is not good

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-29

Methodology
Two major approaches:
Starting with QFD/Cause & Effect Matrix Starting with FMEA directly from the Process Map

We will explain the approach using the C&E matrix, though both approaches are very similar Spreadsheet tools have been prepared to assist you in the preparation of the FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

FMEA Methodology Starting with C&E Matrix


Advantage: The Cause & Effect Matrix assists the team in defining the important issues that the FMEA should address by helping to prioritize Important customer requirements
Process inputs that could potentially impact these requirements Prioritizing the Key Process Inputs according to their impact on the Output variables (We want to focus on Inputs that highly impact a large number of Outputs first) The C&E Matrix also provides quantitative output that can be used in the determination of the specific severity ratings for the next stage of the FMEA process
GB114-31

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

FMEA - Step by Step


1. For each Process Input, determine the ways in which the input can go wrong (Failure Modes) 2. For each Failure Mode associated with the inputs, determine Effects of the Failures on the customer

Remember the internal customers!


3. Identify potential Causes of each Failure Mode 4. List the Current Controls for each Cause or Failure Mode 5. Create Severity, Occurrence, and Detection rating scales 6. Assign Severity, Occurrence and Detection ratings to each Cause 7. Calculate RPNs for each Cause 8. Determine Recommended Actions to reduce high RPNs 9. Take appropriate actions and recalculate RPNs

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Process Mapping Examples


Manufacturing
Inputs Gear speed Gear wear Material lot Material properties Type C U U U Feed Feed material from roll Cycle Time Material properties Outputs Inputs Drawing speed Material properties Die number Type C U C Drawing Draw features Outputs Cycle Time Correct part Correct dimensions Tensile strength Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Shear speed Shear wear Material properties Clamping force Shear force Die wear Material properties Ram force Ram speed Die number Die hardness

C U U C U U U C C C C

Cutting Cut material to length

Cycle Time Correct length Burr free

Punch speed Punch wear Material properties Clamping force Ram force Solvent type Solvent purity Solvent age Surface roughness Contaminant level Humidity Temperature

C U U C U C U U U U U U

Punching Punch out features

Stamping Stamp piece to size

Cycle Time Correct part Burr free Correct dimensions Tensile strength

Cleaning Clean metal surface

Cycle Time Clean surface Residue free

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-33

C&E Matrix Example


This is the C&E Matrix for the previous Manufacturing Process Map with the Key Inputs sorted by the Total Score We will address ONLY the top 5 items in the initial FMEA activity
Process Step
Cutting Punching Drawing Stamping Feed Punching Cutting Feed Drawing Punching Cleaning Cleaning Cutting

Process Input
Shear speed Punch speed Drawing speed Ram speed Gear Speed Punch wear Material properties Gear Wear Material properties Clamping force Solvent type Solvent purity Clamping force 9 9 9 9 3 9 9 0 9 9 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 3 1 9 9 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 3 3 3 9 1 0 9 3 9 0 9 1 3 1 0 0 0 9 9 0 1 1 9 9 9 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 355 351 333 315 297 249 243 238 237 237 234 234 233

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

FMEA Worksheet
Before we move to the example lets look at an FMEA worksheet The information on this sheet is transferred directly to the FMEA form The purpose of this worksheet is to focus the team on the FMEA inputs and not on scoring The scoring should be done after the basic inputs have been made
Failure Modes Process Step Key Process Input
What can go wrong?

Effects

Causes

Current Controls

PFMEA-FRM-WRKSHT.XLS PFMEA- FRMRev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-35

Determine Failure Modes


1. For each Process Input, determine the ways in which 1. For each Process Input, determine the ways in which the input can go wrong (Failure Modes) the input can go wrong (Failure Modes)
We will only deal with the first two Key Process Input Variables on the C&E Matrix which are Shear Speed and Punch Speed First well list Shear Speed for the Cutting process step
Failure Modes Process Step
Cutting

Key Process Input


Shear Speed

What can go wrong? Speed too high

Effects

Causes

Current Controls

Speed too low

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Determine Effects 2. For Each Failure Mode Associated with 2. For Each Failure Mode Associated with the Inputs, Determine Effects the Inputs, Determine Effects
These effects are internal requirements for the next process and/or to the final customer
Failure Modes Process Step
Cutting

Key Process Input


Shear Speed

What can go wrong? Speed too high

Effects
Burrs Damage to blade and material

Causes

Current Controls

Speed too low

Insufficient cut Rounded edge

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-37

Identify Potential Causes 3. Identify Potential Causes of Each Failure Mode 3. Identify Potential Causes of Each Failure Mode
In most cases, there will be more than one Cause for a Failure Mode but well keep it simple for this exercise
Failure Modes Process Step
Cutting

Key Process Input


Shear Speed

What can go wrong? Speed too high

Effects
Burrs Damage to blade and material

Causes
Incorrect set point Poor calibration Incorrect set point Poor calibration Galling of blade

Current Controls

Speed too low

Insufficient cut Rounded edge

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

List Current Controls 4. List the Current Controls for Each Cause 4. List the Current Controls for Each Cause
For each Failure Mode/Cause we list how we are either preventing the Cause or detecting the Failure Mode We will list the procedure number where we have a SOP
Failure Modes Process Step
Cutting

Key Process Input


Shear Speed

What can go wrong? Speed too high

Effects
Burrs Damage to blade and material

Causes
Incorrect set point Poor calibration Incorrect set point Poor calibration Galling of blade

Current Controls
Operator verification Monthly maintenance Operator verification Monthly maintenance None

Speed too low

Insufficient cut Rounded edge

This is how the FMEA identifies initial holes in the Current Control This is how the FMEA identifies initial holes in the Current Control Plan --process teams can start working on these holes right away Plan process teams can start working on these holes right away
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-39

Create Scales
5. Create Severity, Occurrence, and Detection Rating 5. Create Severity, Occurrence, and Detection Rating Scales Scales
Example Rating Scale
Rating 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Severity of Effect Hazardous without warning Hazardous with warning Loss of primary function Reduced primary function performance Loss of secondary function Reduced secondary function performance Minor defect noticed by most customers Minor defect noticed by some customers Minor defect noticed by discriminating customers No effect Low: Relatively few failures Likelihood of Occurrence Very high: Failure is almost inevitable Ability to Detect Can not detect Very remote chance of detection Remote chance of detection Very low chance of detection Low chance of detection Moderate chance of detection Moderately high chance of detection High chance of detection Very high chance of detection Almost certain detection

High: Repeated failures

Moderate: Occasional failures

Remote: Failure is unlikely

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Assign Ratings 6. Assign Severity, Occurrence and Detection 6. Assign Severity, Occurrence and Detection Ratings to Each Cause Ratings to Each Cause
We are now ready to transfer the worksheet input to the FMEA form Copy and paste the worksheet columns into the appropriate FMEA form columns The team then starts scoring each row to compute the RPN values Notes: You will only use one Severity value Determine which Effect has the highest associated Severity and use that SEV value for ALL Effects for the related Failure Mode Example: If a Failure Mode could lead to either a scratched surface (SEV 3) or an incorrect dimension (SEV 9), then use a SEV of 9 for all of the Effect related to that Failure Mode

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-41

6. RPN Component Value Assignment


Process Step/Input What is the process step/ Input under investigation? Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V How Severe is the effect to the cusotmer? Potential Causes O C C How often does cause or FM occur? Current Controls D E T How well can you detect cause or FM? 6 Monthly maintenance 2 Incorrect set point 6 Poor calibration 6 Galling of blade 6 Incorrect set point 5 Speed to high Damage to punch 5 Speed to low Deformation of material; Incorrect feature size Deformation of material; Incorrect feature size Variable feature sizes 9 Incorrect set point 10 Poor calibration 10 Current variation 6 4 None 10 540 3 Quarterly maintenance 5 200 Poor calibration 4 None 10 300 9 Quarterly maintenance 5 100 5 None 10 450 2 None 10 300 4 Monthly maintenance 3 36 Operator verification 6 144 3 54 378 R P N In what ways does the Input Variable go wrong? What is the impact on the Output Variables (Customer Requirements) or internal requirements? What causes the Input Variable to go wrong? What are the existing controls and procedures (inspection and test) that prevent either the cause or the Failure Mode? Should include an SOP number.

Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed

Speed too high

Burrs; Damage to blade and material Burrs; Damage to blade and material Insufficient cut; Rounded edge Insufficient cut; Rounded edge Insufficient cut; Rounded edge Damage to punch

Incorrect set point 9 Poor calibration 9 7

Operator verification

Speed too high

Speed too low

Speed too low

Speed too low

Speed to high

Speed to low

Variable Speed

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

7. Calculate RPNs
Multiply the Severity, Occurrence, and Detection values for each line in the FMEA Then sort all lines by RPN
Notice that you have to identify all cells so you can carry the Failure Modes, Effects, Causes and Current Controls along with the sort
Process Step/Input Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V Potential Causes O C C None 6 Incorrect set point 5 Speed too high Burrs; Damage to blade and material Insufficient cut; Rounded edge Incorrect set point 9 Galling of blade 6 5 7 None 10 300 9 Operator verification 6 378 None 10 450 10 540 Current Controls D E T R P N

Variable Speed

Variable feature sizes 9

Current variation

Speed to high

Damage to punch

Speed too low

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-43

RPN Review
Once you calculate the RPN for each Failure Mode / Cause / Controls combination, review the results and look for insights
Do the gut check - does the Pareto of items make sense? If not, maybe the ratings given are varying

Determine potential next steps:


Data collection Experiments Process improvements Process control implementations

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Determine Recommended Actions 8. Determine Recommended Actions to 8. Determine Recommended Actions to Reduce High RPNs Reduce High RPNs
Now fill in recommended actions for top RPNs
Process Step/Input Punching / Punch Speed Punching / Punch Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Cutting / Shear Speed Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects Potential Causes Current Controls R P N Actions Recommended Resp.

Variable Speed

Variable feature sizes

Current variation

None

Investigate line 540 condition systems Determine set point 450 and put in SOP 1234

XYZ by 4/15

Speed to high

Damage to punch

Incorrect set point

None

CA by 3/31

Speed too high

Burrs; Damage to blade and Incorrect set point material Insufficient cut; Rounded edge Galling of blade

Operator verification

Determine max set CA by 3/31 378 point; instruct workers Include on RBM by 4/09 300 maintenance schedule

Speed too low

None

Actions are recommended for only the high RPNs The key is FOCUS!
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-45

Act and Recalculate 9. Take Appropriate Actions and Recalculate RPNs 9. Take Appropriate Actions and Recalculate RPNs
R P N Actions Recommended Resp. Actions Taken S E V O C C D E T R P N

Investigate line 540 condition systems Determine set point 450 and put in SOP 1234

XYZ by 4/15

Installed line conditioner 5/1 SOP updated, operators being audited 4/12 SOP updated, operators being audited 4/3

54

CA by 3/31

120

Determine max set CA by 3/31 378 point; instruct workers

225

Include on RBM by 4/09 Maintenance schedule 300 maintenance schedule updated 4/01

150

We have recorded the action taken and the impact on the RPN Notice that this is a nice way to track past activities The FMEA should be re-evaluated by the group as new recommended actions are identified, completed and recorded
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-46

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Non-Manufacturing Example
Process Step/Input What is the process step/ Input under investigation? Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V How Severe is the effect to the cusotmer? Potential Causes O C C How often does cause or FM occur? Current Controls D E T How well can you detect cause or FM? R P N Actions Recommended What are the actions for reducing the occurrance of the Cause, or improving detection? Should have actions only on high RPN's or easy fixes. Make certain fields 630 mandatory in software Training / auditting / 450 metrics for typos Improve Help in 360 computer software 315 270 270 In what ways does the Key What is the impact on the Input go wrong? Key Output Variables (Customer Requirements) or internal requirements? What causes the Key Input to go wrong? What are the existing controls and procedures (inspection and test) that prevent eith the cause or the Failure Mode? Should include an SOP number.

Order Entry

Computer entry screens missing information Computer entry screens with incorrect information Computer entry screens missing information Do not follow procedure Do not follow procedure Computer entry screens missing information Computer entry screens with incorrect information Do not follow procedure Computer entry screens with incorrect information Do not follow procedure Computer entry screens missing information Computer entry screens with incorrect information

Order Entry

Order Entry

Answering Procedure Answering Procedure Order Entry

Order Entry

Answering Procedure Order Entry

Answering Procedure Order Entry

Order Entry

Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Missing / incorrect information for order Missing / incorrect information for order Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Missing / incorrect information for order Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Missing / incorrect information for order Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information Incomplete order, incorrect information, missing information

Critical data not required to move to next entry field Typographical error

None 7 None 5 10 None 4 7 6 3 Audit to procedure XXXXXXX Audit training with 'blind' callers None 10 Confirmation rejection by customer Revision audit every 6 months Review worksheet for completeness before entry Apprentice system / training Overrides only permitted to Supervisor / password protected System audits monthly 2 3 10 5 5 10

9 Definition of information needed not clear Method too complicated Poor training Too many screens 9 Incorrect information from customer Documented method out of date Information wrong on order worksheet New person answering phones System overrides 9 Automatic computer cross reference data incorrect

9 9 9

9 9 9 9

3 3 4 3 2

9 8 5 5 3

243 216 180 135 54

54

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-47

A Well Loved Process FMEA!!


Failure Modes Process Step
Pour into glass

Key Process Input


Beer volume

What can go wrong? Overflow

Effects
Wasted Beer/ Wet Lap

Causes
Drunk Glass too small Not paying attention

Current Controls
None Visual None

Too much foam

Bad Taste / Don't get as drunk

No tilt

Visual Visual and operator training Visual and operator training Expiration date

Pouring too high Pouring too fast No beer mustache/ Poor taste

No Foam

Flat beer

Tilted glass Slow Pour Empty glass No drink Too drunk Broken Glass

Visual Operator training None Visual Job / Process Excellence - big bonus Personality

No Money

No Friends
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-48

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 24 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Approaches to FMEA
Approach One (C&E Matrix Focus) Start with Key Inputs with the highest scores from the C&E Matrix analysis Fill out the FMEA worksheet for those Inputs Calculate RPNs and develop recommended actions for the highest RPNs Complete the Process FMEA for other Inputs over time Approach Two (Customer Focused) Fill out the Failure Mode and Effects columns of the worksheet. Copy to FMEA form and rate Severity. For High Severity Ratings, List Causes and rate Occurrence for each Cause For the highest Severity * Occurrence Ratings, evaluate Current Controls For Highest RPNs develop recommended actions

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-49

Approaches to FMEA
Approach Three (Comprehensive)
Good approach for small processes Fill out the FMEA worksheet beginning with the first process step and ending with the last Score SEV, OCC and DET for all causes Develop recommended actions for highest RPNs

Approach Four (Super Focused)


Pick the top Pareto defect item (Damaged Components) or Failure Mode (Variability in Temperature) Focus the FMEA process on only that defect or Failure Mode Purpose: To Kill that Failure Mode
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-50

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 25 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Overview
Process Step/Input Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V Potential Causes O C C Current Controls D E T R P N Actions Recommended

How Bad? 0 What is the Input What can go wrong with the Input? What is the Effect on the Outputs?
0

How Often? 0
0

How well?0 0
0 0

0 0 0

What are the Causes?

0 0 0

How can these be found or prevented?

0 0 0

0 0 0

What can be done?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-51

Summary
Provided insight to the uses of FMEA Identified sources of risk Defined the different types of FMEA Introduced the steps in developing a Process FMEA Practiced creating a FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-52

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 26 402-108, Rev. C

FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS

Coffee Making FMEA Exercise


Get back into your teams and perform a FMEA on your three top ranked input variables from your Coffee Making C&E Matrix Identify all potential causes for each failure mode and the current controls For the top 3 items in the FMEA, identify recommended actions Report results on a flip chart or on the Excel spreadsheet using the computer display List lessons learned as part of the team presentation You have 20 minutes!
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB114-53

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 27 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Attribute MSA

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-1

Kppa Techniques a
For classifications of attribute/categorical data Used when a quality criteria is difficult or impossible to define Several units must be classified more than once and by more than one rater
If there is substantial agreement, there is the possibility that the ratings are accurate If agreement is poor, the usefulness of the ratings is EXTREMELY LIMITED

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Kppa Techniques a
Non-Parametric approaches provide some tools to deal with subjective attribute data
Applies to all types of distributions, so it does not matter if the distribution is normal, binomial, etc. Requires only that the observations be independent Are less efficient than parametric approaches, and require larger sample sizes to achieve the same results Hypotheses are less precise, and yield less information in conclusions
Example: we may know that two distributions are not the same, but we do not know if they are different in terms of central tendency or in terms of variability

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-3

Kppa Techniques a
Used when a measurement system is needed to classify items in a nonquantitative manner appa techniques treat al l misclassifications equally K appa techniques do not assume ratings are equally K distributed across the possible range Requirements for use:
Units to be measured are independent from one another Raters inspect and classify independently The rating categories are mutually exclusive and exhaustive
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Studying Measurement Systems


Once we have the right data we must determine our ability to measure it Information to be attained
How big is the measurement error? What are the sources of measurement error? Is the measurement system stable over time? Is it capable for this study? How do we improve the measurement system?

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-5

Attribute Data MSA


If many people are evaluating the same thing they need to agree:
With each other With themselves

Attribute data contains less information than variables data, but often it is all thats available
Therefore, we must be diligent about the integrity of attribute measurement systems

The issue is
Can I rely on the data coming from my measurement system?
GB115-6

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Attribute MSA Goals


Determine:
% overall agreement % agreement within appraisers (Repeatability) % agreement between appraisers (Reproducibility) % agreement with known standard (Accuracy) Kppa (how much better the measurement system is a than random chance)

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-7

Attribute Measurement Studies:


Samples Need 30-50 samples which span the normal extremes of the process
The majority should be from the ray areas g Remainder should be clearly good or clearly bad

Example: Invoice Errors


We collect a sample of 30 invoices 5 units will be clearly defective (a single large defect or enough smaller defects to reject it) 5 units will be clearly acceptable (everything correct) The remaining samples vary in the quantity and type of defects
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Attribute Measurement Studies:


Methods
Select 2-3 people who normally conduct the assessment Randomly provide the samples to one person (without indicating which sample is which) and have the person rate each of the items Once the first person has reviewed all items, repeat with the remaining people Once everybody has rated each item, repeat the steps above for a second trial Note: All possible combinations of appraisers, items, and trials should be represented Each appraiser must examine all of the items Each appraiser must examine those items the same number of times (trials)

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-9

Attribute MSA Example:


Spots on Film A film plant was having problems with spots on one of its products. Operators made the decision as to whether to reject rolls for spots. There had been considerable operator turnover, and engineers questioned how well the operators were trained in recognizing rejectable spots. 50 samples were selected some clearly acceptable, some clearly unacceptable, and some on both sides of borderline conditions Four operators and an expert (the tech service representative) recorded Reject or Accept decision

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Attribute MSA Example:


Spots on Film
Sample A R A A A A A A A A A R A R A A A A A A A B R A A A A A A A A R A A A R A A A A A A C R R A A A A A A A R A R A A A A A A A A D A A A A A A A A A R R A R A A A A A A A

Agreement Among Agreement Among Inspectors? Inspectors?


Results indicate definite problems
(Results for 20 of the 50 samples are shown)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Of the 50 samples, the inspectors actually agreed unanimously on only one Rejected sample They agreed unanimously on 29 Accepted samples

%Parts with disagreement = 20/50 = 40%


GB115-11

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Attribute MSA Example:


Spots on Film

Agreement With the Agreement With the Expert? Expert?


Inspector vs. Expert Results %Bad Accepted %Good Rejected A B C D 9/13 = 69% 9/13 = 69% 9/13 = 69% 8/13 = 62% 4/37 = 11% 4/37 = 11% 4/37 = 11% 3/37 = 8%

Sample 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 5 10 12 13

A R A A A A A A A R A A A A A A A A A A R

B R A A A A A A A A R A A A A A A A R A A

C R R A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R R A

D A A A A A A A A R A A A A A A A A R A R

Expert A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A R R R R

% Correct Decisions Overall = 150/200 = 75%


Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Kppa Techniques a
In an Attribute MSA study, Kppa is used to summarize the level a of agreement between raters after agreement by chance has been removed If there is substantial agreement, there is the possibility that the ratings are accurate If agreement is poor, the usefulness of the ratings is extremely limited Requirements for use: Units to be measured are independent from one another Raters inspect and classify independently The rating categories are mutually exclusive and exhaustive Minitab computes the value of Kppa as part of the output for an a Attribute Agreement Analysis
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-13

appa K
appa (Kis defined as the proportion of K ) agreement between raters after agreement by chance has been removed:

K
where:

Pobserved Pchance 1 Pchance

Pobserved = Proportion of units classified in which the raters agreed Pchance = Proportion of units for which one would expect agreement by chance
GB115-14

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Kppa Techniques a Kppa will be between -1 and +1 a


Kppa Value a -1 to 0.0 > 0.60 > 0.70 > 0.90 Suggested Interpretation Random agreement Marginal - Significant effort required Good - Improvement warranted Excellent

A Kppa value of +1 means perfect agreement a 0 General Rule: If K.70, the measurement system Rule < needs attention!
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-15

Kppa Techniques a
Kppa can also be applied in cases of multiple a assessors and multiple classification categories Customer Returns example:
A Green Belt had a project to reduce customer returns. A reason code is assigned to every customer return by a Customer Service Representative (CSR). There was concern that CSRs werent consistent in their assignment of codes. Three assessors were asked to assign reason codes to the same 30 returns. Each assessor made the assignments twice (once on each of two different days). The Green Belt also asked a division expert to evaluate the returns
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Minitab Attribute Agreement Analysis


Project: BB MSA.MPJ Worksheet: Customer Returns.MTW Design: 3 CSRs (Appraisers) 2 Days 30 Returns (Samples) Codes are in column Category Expert values are in column Expert
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-17

Minitab Attribute Agreement Analysis


Use the Attribute Agreement Analysis to analyze attribute measurement system results

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Minitab Attribute Agreement Analysis


Fill in the appropriate Fill in the appropriate column information first column information first

Include experts ratings Include experts ratings Make sure that the Kppa Make sure that thea ppa K a option is checked in the option is checked in the Results window Results window
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-19

Graphical Analysis

Agreement Within Appraiser is like repeatability Here CSR 1 agreed with herself 90% of the time. CSR 2 was internally consistent 86.7% of the time, and CSR 3 matched himself on 96.7% of the returns Graph shows the 95% CI for the % agreement
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

This graph shows % agreement between the CSRs and the expert opinion

Note: These two graphs have Note: These two graphs have different scales! different scales!

GB115-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Attribute Gage R&R Study


Attribute Gage R&R Study for Category

Numerical Output:
Within Assessor
Z P(vs > 0) 4.7612 0.000 5.4772 0.000 -0.0928 0.537 5.4772 0.000 4.3361 0.000 4.3361 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 10.2533 0.000 3.3293 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 3.4486 0.000 4.2116 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 9.8785 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 11.9524 0.000

Within Appraiser
Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 27 90.0 ( 73.5, 97.9) B 30 26 86.7 ( 69.3, 96.2) C 30 29 96.7 ( 82.8, 99.9) # Matched: Appraiser agrees with him/herself across trials.

Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.8693 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 -0.0169 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8768 0.0855 0.6078 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.6296 0.1826 0.7689 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8346 0.0845 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.9597 0.0803

Within Appraiser

Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 27 90.0 ( 73.5, 97.9) B 30 26 86.7 ( 69.3, 96.2) C 30 29 96.7 ( 82.8, 99.9) # Matched: Appraiser agrees with him/herself across trials.

* When no or all responses across trials equal the value, kappa cannot be computed.

Each Appraiser vs Standard


Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 23 76.7 ( 57.7, 90.1) B 30 20 66.7 ( 47.2, 82.7) C 30 22 73.3 ( 54.1, 87.7) # Matched: Appraiser's assessment across trials agrees with standard. Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3847 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4915 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8958 0.1291 0.8952 0.1291 0.8295 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.7561 0.0583 0.2357 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4643 0.1291 0.5673 0.1291 0.7016 0.1291 0.8137 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.6352 0.0574 0.3750 0.1291 0.9191 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8887 0.1291 0.6839 0.1291 0.7054 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.7011 0.0558 Z P(vs > 0) 2.9802 0.001 7.7460 0.000 3.8073 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.9391 0.000 6.9345 0.000 6.4256 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 12.9782 0.000 1.8256 0.034 7.7460 0.000 7.7460 0.000 3.5963 0.000 4.3943 0.000 5.4348 0.000 6.3026 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 11.0724 0.000 2.9047 0.002 7.1196 0.000 7.7460 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.8837 0.000 5.2976 0.000 5.4640 0.000 5.0281 0.000 12.5715 0.000

Between Appraisers
Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.4778 0.0471 0.9412 0.0471 0.7943 0.0471 0.8761 0.0471 0.6800 0.0471 0.6397 0.0471 0.8399 0.0471 0.1910 0.0471 0.7106 0.0210 Z P(vs > 0) 10.1365 0.000 19.9650 0.000 16.8493 0.000 18.5844 0.000 14.4250 0.000 13.5708 0.000 17.8166 0.000 4.0520 0.000 33.8869 0.000

Similar information as left graph (see previous slide) Adds specific numbers of matched and inspected
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

All Appraisers vs Standard


Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 15 50.0 ( 31.3, 68.7) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with standard. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3318 0.0745 0.9730 0.0745 0.8305 0.0745 0.5875 0.0745 0.7839 0.0745 0.7603 0.0745 0.7829 0.0745 0.1934 0.0745 0.6975 0.0330 Z P(vs > 0) 4.4517 0.000 13.0548 0.000 11.1424 0.000 7.8823 0.000 10.5177 0.000 10.2000 0.000 10.5033 0.000 2.5945 0.005 21.1414 0.000

GB115-21

Attribute Gage R&R Study


Attribute Gage R&R Study for Category

Numerical Output:
Appraiser vs. Expert
Each Appraiser vs Standard Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 23 76.7 ( 57.7, 90.1) B 30 20 66.7 ( 47.2, 82.7) C 30 22 73.3 ( 54.1, 87.7) # Matched: Appraiser's assessment across trials agrees with standard.
Z P(vs > 0) 4.7612 0.000 5.4772 0.000 -0.0928 0.537 5.4772 0.000 4.3361 0.000 4.3361 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 10.2533 0.000 3.3293 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 3.4486 0.000 4.2116 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 9.8785 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 11.9524 0.000

Within Appraiser
Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 27 90.0 ( 73.5, 97.9) B 30 26 86.7 ( 69.3, 96.2) C 30 29 96.7 ( 82.8, 99.9) # Matched: Appraiser agrees with him/herself across trials.

Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.8693 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 -0.0169 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8768 0.0855 0.6078 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.6296 0.1826 0.7689 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8346 0.0845 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.9597 0.0803

* When no or all responses across trials equal the value, kappa cannot be computed.

Each Appraiser vs Standard


Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 23 76.7 ( 57.7, 90.1) B 30 20 66.7 ( 47.2, 82.7) C 30 22 73.3 ( 54.1, 87.7) # Matched: Appraiser's assessment across trials agrees with standard. Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3847 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4915 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8958 0.1291 0.8952 0.1291 0.8295 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.7561 0.0583 0.2357 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4643 0.1291 0.5673 0.1291 0.7016 0.1291 0.8137 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.6352 0.0574 0.3750 0.1291 0.9191 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8887 0.1291 0.6839 0.1291 0.7054 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.7011 0.0558 Z P(vs > 0) 2.9802 0.001 7.7460 0.000 3.8073 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.9391 0.000 6.9345 0.000 6.4256 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 12.9782 0.000 1.8256 0.034 7.7460 0.000 7.7460 0.000 3.5963 0.000 4.3943 0.000 5.4348 0.000 6.3026 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 11.0724 0.000 2.9047 0.002 7.1196 0.000 7.7460 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.8837 0.000 5.2976 0.000 5.4640 0.000 5.0281 0.000 12.5715 0.000

Between Appraisers
Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.4778 0.0471 0.9412 0.0471 0.7943 0.0471 0.8761 0.0471 0.6800 0.0471 0.6397 0.0471 0.8399 0.0471 0.1910 0.0471 0.7106 0.0210 Z P(vs > 0) 10.1365 0.000 19.9650 0.000 16.8493 0.000 18.5844 0.000 14.4250 0.000 13.5708 0.000 17.8166 0.000 4.0520 0.000 33.8869 0.000

This indicates how often the assessor is giving the correct answer

All Appraisers vs Standard


Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 15 50.0 ( 31.3, 68.7) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with standard. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3318 0.0745 0.9730 0.0745 0.8305 0.0745 0.5875 0.0745 0.7839 0.0745 0.7603 0.0745 0.7829 0.0745 0.1934 0.0745 0.6975 0.0330 Z P(vs > 0) 4.4517 0.000 13.0548 0.000 11.1424 0.000 7.8823 0.000 10.5177 0.000 10.2000 0.000 10.5033 0.000 2.5945 0.005 21.1414 0.000

We want 90% or better agreement We want 90% or better agreement


Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Attribute Gage R&R Study


Attribute Gage R&R Study for Category

Within Appraiser
Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 27 90.0 ( 73.5, 97.9) B 30 26 86.7 ( 69.3, 96.2) C 30 29 96.7 ( 82.8, 99.9) # Matched: Appraiser agrees with him/herself across trials.

Numerical Output
Between-Appraisers agreement is like Reproducibility:
Between Appraisers Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other.

Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.8693 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 -0.0169 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8768 0.0855 0.6078 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.6296 0.1826 0.7689 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8346 0.0845 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.9597 0.0803 Z P(vs > 0) 4.7612 0.000 5.4772 0.000 -0.0928 0.537 5.4772 0.000 4.3361 0.000 4.3361 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 10.2533 0.000 3.3293 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 3.4486 0.000 4.2116 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 9.8785 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 11.9524 0.000

* When no or all responses across trials equal the value, kappa cannot be computed.

Each Appraiser vs Standard


Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 23 76.7 ( 57.7, 90.1) B 30 20 66.7 ( 47.2, 82.7) C 30 22 73.3 ( 54.1, 87.7) # Matched: Appraiser's assessment across trials agrees with standard. Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3847 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4915 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8958 0.1291 0.8952 0.1291 0.8295 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.7561 0.0583 0.2357 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4643 0.1291 0.5673 0.1291 0.7016 0.1291 0.8137 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.6352 0.0574 0.3750 0.1291 0.9191 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8887 0.1291 0.6839 0.1291 0.7054 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.7011 0.0558 Z P(vs > 0) 2.9802 0.001 7.7460 0.000 3.8073 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.9391 0.000 6.9345 0.000 6.4256 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 12.9782 0.000 1.8256 0.034 7.7460 0.000 7.7460 0.000 3.5963 0.000 4.3943 0.000 5.4348 0.000 6.3026 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 11.0724 0.000 2.9047 0.002 7.1196 0.000 7.7460 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.8837 0.000 5.2976 0.000 5.4640 0.000 5.0281 0.000 12.5715 0.000

All Appraisers vs. Standard gives an indication of the effectiveness of the inspection standards:
All Appraisers vs Standard Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 30 15 50.0 ( 31.3, 95.0% CI 68.7)

Between Appraisers
Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.4778 0.0471 0.9412 0.0471 0.7943 0.0471 0.8761 0.0471 0.6800 0.0471 0.6397 0.0471 0.8399 0.0471 0.1910 0.0471 0.7106 0.0210 Z P(vs > 0) 10.1365 0.000 19.9650 0.000 16.8493 0.000 18.5844 0.000 14.4250 0.000 13.5708 0.000 17.8166 0.000 4.0520 0.000 33.8869 0.000

All Appraisers vs Standard


Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 15 50.0 ( 31.3, 68.7) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with standard. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3318 0.0745 0.9730 0.0745 0.8305 0.0745 0.5875 0.0745 0.7839 0.0745 0.7603 0.0745 0.7829 0.0745 0.1934 0.0745 0.6975 0.0330 Z P(vs > 0) 4.4517 0.000 13.0548 0.000 11.1424 0.000 7.8823 0.000 10.5177 0.000 10.2000 0.000 10.5033 0.000 2.5945 0.005 21.1414 0.000

# Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with standard.


Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-23

Attribute Gage R&R Study


Attribute Gage R&R Study for Category

Numerical Output:
Z P(vs > 0) 4.7612 0.000 5.4772 0.000 -0.0928 0.537 5.4772 0.000 4.3361 0.000 4.3361 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 10.2533 0.000 3.3293 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 3.4486 0.000 4.2116 0.000 5.4772 0.000 * * 9.8785 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 4.5914 0.000 5.4772 0.000 5.4772 0.000 11.9524 0.000

Within Appraiser
Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 27 90.0 ( 73.5, 97.9) B 30 26 86.7 ( 69.3, 96.2) C 30 29 96.7 ( 82.8, 99.9) # Matched: Appraiser agrees with him/herself across trials.

Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.8693 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 -0.0169 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 0.7917 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8768 0.0855 0.6078 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.6296 0.1826 0.7689 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 * * 0.8346 0.0845 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.8383 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 1.0000 0.1826 0.9597 0.0803

appa K appa and appa values for each category K K of defect are provided for BetweenAppraisers (and other sections) How well can we identify the defect types?
Between Appraisers Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5)

* When no or all responses across trials equal the value, kappa cannot be computed.

Each Appraiser vs Standard


Assessment Agreement Appraiser # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI A 30 23 76.7 ( 57.7, 90.1) B 30 20 66.7 ( 47.2, 82.7) C 30 22 73.3 ( 54.1, 87.7) # Matched: Appraiser's assessment across trials agrees with standard. Kappa Statistics Appraiser Response A Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall B Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall C Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3847 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4915 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8958 0.1291 0.8952 0.1291 0.8295 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.7561 0.0583 0.2357 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.4643 0.1291 0.5673 0.1291 0.7016 0.1291 0.8137 0.1291 -0.0345 0.1291 0.6352 0.0574 0.3750 0.1291 0.9191 0.1291 1.0000 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.8887 0.1291 0.6839 0.1291 0.7054 0.1291 0.6491 0.1291 0.7011 0.0558 Z P(vs > 0) 2.9802 0.001 7.7460 0.000 3.8073 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.9391 0.000 6.9345 0.000 6.4256 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 12.9782 0.000 1.8256 0.034 7.7460 0.000 7.7460 0.000 3.5963 0.000 4.3943 0.000 5.4348 0.000 6.3026 0.000 -0.2671 0.605 11.0724 0.000 2.9047 0.002 7.1196 0.000 7.7460 0.000 5.0281 0.000 6.8837 0.000 5.2976 0.000 5.4640 0.000 5.0281 0.000 12.5715 0.000

Measures how much better than chance agreement is the matching you see on a sample by sample basis

# Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other. Fleiss Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.4778 0.0471 0.9412 0.0471 0.7943 0.0471 0.8761 0.0471 0.6800 0.0471 0.6397 0.0471 0.8399 0.0471 0.1910 0.0471 0.7106 0.0210 Z P(vs > 0) 10.1365 0.000 19.9650 0.000 16.8493 0.000 18.5844 0.000 14.4250 0.000 13.5708 0.000 17.8166 0.000 4.0520 0.000 33.8869 0.000

Between Appraisers
Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 17 56.7 ( 37.4, 74.5) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with each other. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.4778 0.0471 0.9412 0.0471 0.7943 0.0471 0.8761 0.0471 0.6800 0.0471 0.6397 0.0471 0.8399 0.0471 0.1910 0.0471 0.7106 0.0210 Z P(vs > 0) 10.1365 0.000 19.9650 0.000 16.8493 0.000 18.5844 0.000 14.4250 0.000 13.5708 0.000 17.8166 0.000 4.0520 0.000 33.8869 0.000

All Appraisers vs Standard


Assessment Agreement # Inspected # Matched Percent (%) 95.0% CI 30 15 50.0 ( 31.3, 68.7) # Matched: All appraisers' assessments agree with standard. Kappa Statistics Response Administrati Damaged Incorrect Pr Overstock Planned Adju Pricing Quality Quantity Overall Kappa SE Kappa 0.3318 0.0745 0.9730 0.0745 0.8305 0.0745 0.5875 0.0745 0.7839 0.0745 0.7603 0.0745 0.7829 0.0745 0.1934 0.0745 0.6975 0.0330 Z P(vs > 0) 4.4517 0.000 13.0548 0.000 11.1424 0.000 7.8823 0.000 10.5177 0.000 10.2000 0.000 10.5033 0.000 2.5945 0.005 21.1414 0.000

The overall appa K (between appraisers) represents the studywide agreement (across appraisers and categories)

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Kppa Techniques a
For this example, the following appa values are K calculated
Within appraiser
The individual category appa represents how K consistently each appraiser rates the same samples over multiple trials The overall appa for each appraiser represents that K appraisers consistency across all categories

Between appraisers
The individual category appa represents how K consistently all the appraisers categorized the samples in that category The overall appa represents the study-wide agreement K (across appraisers and categories)

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-25

Kppa Techniques a
Interpreting the Results
The individual Kppa values range from 0.19 to 0.94, a meaning that agreement among raters is:
EXCELLENT for Damaged; UNACCEPTABLY LOW for Administrative and Quantity; MARGINAL for Planned adjustments and Pricing GOOD for Incorrect product, Overstock, and Quality

The overall Kppa was 0.7106, indicating that the system a could use some improvement

Improving this measurement system would likely require Improving this measurement system would likely require changing operational definitions for each defect type, changing operational definitions for each defect type, retraining the CSRs, or both retraining the CSRs, or both
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Improving Attribute Measurement Systems


Sense multipliers (devices to improve human senses) Masks / templates (block out unimportant information) Checklists Automation Reorganization of work area Visual aids

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-27

Measurement Systems:
Questions to Ask
Have you picked the right measurement system? Is this measurement system associated with either critical inputs or outputs? What do the precision, accuracy, and stability look like? What are the sources of variation and what is the measurement error? What needs to be done to improve this system? Have we informed the right people of our results? Who owns this measurement system? Who owns trouble shooting? Does this system have a control plan in place? Whats the training frequency? Is that frequent enough? Do identical systems match?

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

KAPPA STUDIES

Summary
Measurement systems are important to analyze BEFORE embarking on Process Improvement activities Be careful when picking samples watch for correct sub-grouping and sample size requirements Analyze the measurement system for Operator / Assessor, Part / Item, and Trial effects Make sure that the measurement system has enough resolution to distinguish between samples Always generate a Gage R&R report to document findings, methods, and improvement opportunities Total observed variation includes measurement error try to minimize the controllable error in the measurement system
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-29

Exercise:
Candy Inspection Objective:Evaluate the M&M inspection system Tools:
3 inspectors Bag of M&Ms

Procedure:
BEFORE opening the bag, operationally define the defects you will be concerned with Have your nspectors evaluate the materials in the i samples of candies Evaluate the measurement system Report any recommended improvement actions
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB115-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

DMAIC Process Improvement For Operations Green Belts

Team Meetings and Presentation Skills


Rev C February 2004 GB116-1

Objectives
Discuss techniques for conducting effective team meetings Introduce technical presentation Dos and Donts
Content Format and Structure Slide Design

Review basic presentation skills Dos and Donts


Verbal Visual Energy

GB116-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Conducting Effective Meetings


(Refer to the Team Building and Interpersonal Skills Reference Guide page 20) PREPARE Determine the objective of the meeting Gather background information and data Decide who needs to be invited Prepare an Agenda (Item, its outcome, and who will present or lead discussion) Assign the amount of time to be dedicated to each topic Distribute the agenda and background information to participants before the meeting. This will give them a chance to prepare for their participation
GB116-3

Begin The Meeting


Begin the meeting on time (even if people are late). Review the Objective, the Agenda and the Time assigned to each item Assign Roles (optional, as needed)
Leader - Focuses on the business objective. Encourages participation. Timekeeper - eeps the team on the agreed upon time K track (critical) Scribe - Records ideas, suggestions, and action items (critical) Facilitator - Assists the leader. Process Guide - If using 8D, DMAIC, or other process, keeps the team on track
GB116-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Conduct The Meeting


Review background information and data Ask participants for new data or ideas, discuss If meeting is for problem solving, identify root causes, then brainstorm possible solutions If meeting is for continuous improvement of a process, Brainstorm suggestions/ideas Strive for quantity No criticizing/evaluating ideas during brainstorming. Build on others ideas. Clarify to make sure everyone understands the suggestions/ideas Combine similar ideas

GB116-5

Conduct The Meeting (Cont.)


Determine best solutions
If the team cannot come to consensus, you could have everyone vote--3 points for their first choice, 2 points for their second choice, 1 point for their third choice If issues arise that are separate from the meeting or cannot be resolved in the meeting, record them on a parking lot for later resolution

Determine an action or implementation plan


Assign action items and completion dates (Who will do What by When)

GB116-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Close The Meeting


End the meeting on time, even if you are not complete; or re-negotiate ending time. Summarize and review action plans, setting dates and times for follow-up or future meetings
Thank all participants

Issue minutes with action items, times, and dates documented and send to all participants and others who need to know the results of the meeting
GB116-7

Why Should You Care About Making Presentations?


Each of you will have to make a presentation about your project. Part of your projects success will be dependent on the support you get based on the your technical results and part will be based on your ability to present your findings in order to gain support from:
Management Process Owners Peers Team Members

GB116-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Successful Presentations Depend On


Good communications skills
Ability to present technical material to an audience with differing backgrounds and levels of technical ability Verbal and non-verbal communications

Advance preparation
Presentation material must carry the message to your audience Delivery must be enthusiastic and convey knowledge of the subject
Team Reference Guide, page 27

GB116-9

Two Types Of Meetings


Information meeting Advise Update Sell Decision Making Meeting Goal setting Problem Solving

GB116-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Ky Differences In Types Of Meeting e


ELEMENTS
Number of attendees Who should attend ? Communication process Meeting room setup Most effective style of leadership Emphasis should be on : Key to success

INFORMATION MEETING
Any number Those who need to know

DECISION MAKING MEETING


Small size

Those responsible and those who can contribute One way from leader to Interactive discussion among all participants with opportunities attending for questions

Participants facing front of Participants facing each otherroom-classroom style conference style Authoritative Participative
Content Planning and preparation of information to be presented Interaction and problem solving Meeting climate that support open, free expression

GB116-11

Selecting Participants
FOR INFORMATION MEETINGS : - Those who need to know the information to be presented FOR DECISION MAK MEETING : ING - Those who have knowledge to contribute - Those who have authority over the area affected by the decision - Those you need the commitment to carry out the decision - Those who have diversity of view-point (People with expressiveness and open-mindedness)
Danielle MUYL .AMP.GEP GB116-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Content
Most presentations fail due to their lack of focus Content is essential know what your audience wants and needs! Dos
Use simple graphical representations Use bullet statements Highlight meaningful information

Donts
Include information that is too complex Write and read paragraphs of information Clutter the presentation with busy graphics

GB116-13

Organizing Your Presentation


It is a good idea to start by developing objectives. Once this is done you need to thoroughly analyze the audience. You must complete these steps before you separately brainstorm the main points and the sub points of your presentation. If its a persuasive presentation, then you must state the benefits. You then gather factual information and prepare a blueprint of your presentation. Also prepare any visual aids, handouts and notes that you will need. And dont forget to practice.

What is your reaction to this slide?


GB116-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Organizing Your Presentation


Develop objectives Analyze the audience Brainstorm
Introduction Main ideas and benefits Sub ideas Conclusions

Develop visuals, handouts and notes Practice

GB116-15

Content
So how do you know what to include? Some guidelines:
Project description and targeted value Ky learning' and the tools used to accomplish them e s Next steps / action plan / timing Roadblocks to success needing resolution by the audience Recognition of contributors Results to date (financial and learning' ) s
Team Reference Guide, page 28

GB116-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Format And Structure


One of the best ways to structure a presentation is to:
Tell them what youre going to tell them Tell them Tell them what you told them

Identify the 3 key concepts, actions, or issues that you want the audience to address Work from your conclusion and build the supporting materials around these key points

GB116-17

Presentation Sequence
Suggested flow for a presentation:
Introduction Main Ideas and Sub Ideas Benefits Conclusion Questions and Answers Review Sentence

GB116-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

The Last Slide


Make sure that your 3 key points are summarized in the Review Sentence
This can be viewed as your Elevator Speech!

Characteristic of a great presentation:


If your presentation time is cut short and you can only present one slide, you can convey your entire presentation in the last slide

GB116-19

Using Visuals / Graphics


Use visuals and graphics to: Focus the attention of the audience Reinforce your verbal message Stimulate interest Illustrate factors that are hard to visualize Graphically represent data

GB116-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Using Visuals / Graphics


Dont use visuals or graphics to: Try and impress the audience with overly detailed tables or graphs Avoid interaction with the audience Make more than one point Present simple ideas that can be presented verbally

GB116-21

Slide Design Dos And Donts


Dos
K (Kep It Simple and Short) ISS e Present one key point per visual Use bullets, not full sentences
Statements on the slide should only be a reference to you and drive a key point

Team Reference Guide, page 29

GB116-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Slide Design Dos And Donts


Dos
Highlight key items in a graphical item
Show only part of the C&E Matrix or top items in the FMEA, not the entire item State the conclusions that you reach based on the graphic

Use simple animation too much can degrade the validity of the message

GB116-23

Slide Design Dos And Donts


Donts
Use Yellow text (e.g. Yellow)
It is not easily read except on a very dark background

Use more than three colors per graph Use more than 3 curves per graph Present rows and columns of data
Provide summary information only

GB116-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Slide Design Dos And Donts


Donts
Make text and graphs too small
Rule of Thumb: If you can read everything on your computer screen from 8 feet away, it is good

Have too much text per slide


Rule of Thumb: 50% white space on the slide

Add clipart and pictures that dont clearly link to the idea presented

GB116-25

Presentation Skill Review


Some of you have never had to speak in public before and many feel uncomfortable speaking in front of a group Regardless, each of you will have to present in front of many different groups throughout your project and your career The following material contains some reminders on techniques that will ease your anxiety

GB116-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Preparations
Organize Your thoughts, your materials, your presentation Memorize Ky points, key messages, your elevator speech e Visualize The success of your presentation and the expected outcome Positive Affirmations Remind yourself that you CAN do this! Release Tensions Exercises Stretching, breathing, meditation prior to speaking Practice

GB116-27

Appearance
Posture
Standing upright = authoritative Leaning / sitting = personal

Movement
Purposeful - not anxious

Shoulder Orientation
Squared up - not slouching

Team Reference Guide, page 30

Gestures
Purposeful, natural - not erratic

Attire
Appropriate for audience
GB116-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

During The Presentation


Remember to Breathe
If you find yourself stressing or speaking too fast, simply stop and take a breath

Move
Use the space that you have effectively

Eye Contact
Make the presentation personal by connecting visually with the audience

Do NOT have any caffeine before or during the presentation Remember - You are surrounded by friends!
GB116-29

Delivery
Enthusiasm is contagious
If you are not enthusiastic about your presentation, no one else will be!

Relate with your audience


Make a common bond through examples

Voice projection
Be clear and loud Use inflection in your voice

Use conversational speed and tone


Dont read every word on every slide

GB116-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Eye Contact
Good eye contact
Opens the channel of communication with the audience Establishes and builds rapport Involves the audience

Talk to the audience not to the projected material

GB116-31

Delivery
Place yourself at center stage Orient your shoulders toward the audience Leave some light on in the room so you can be seen Use pointers sparingly to draw attention to a specific item or to trace the relationship on a visual / graphic
Nervousness is amplified when using a pointer
Especially evident when using laser pointers

Dont play with the pointer when not using the pointer, lay it down

GB116-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Keping Their Attention e


The first 120 seconds is free The words in conclusion draws them back Use energizers to hold them in the middle People speak at 120 - 200 words per minute, and comprehend at 600 words per minute

GB116-33

Examples Of Energizers
Enthusiasm Movement Visual Aids
Samples, something that they can touch or see

Animation Pictures / clipart Humor Interactive Questions Voice and Body Language
Team Reference Guide, page 31

GB116-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Questions And Answers


Prepare for them Welcome them Listen to the question and clarify if necessary Restate for the whole audience Respond to the whole audience Be honest

GB116-35

Benefits Of Good Presentation Materials


Audience is 43% more likely to be persuaded You can cover the material in 25-40% less time Learning is improved 200% Retention is improved 38% You are perceived as professional, persuasive, credible, interesting, and prepared

GB116-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

TEAM MEETINGS AND PRESENTATION SKILLS

Practice, Practice, Practice


ey words on notes pages K Mental run through for flow of ideas Stand up rehearsal using the presentation material Video tape or rehearse with a friend

GB116-37

Final Thoughts
Smile;enjoy sharing your information x Tell jokes unless you are good at it x Waste your first 120 seconds thanking them or making apologies. x Read your presentation Remember the audience wants you to succeed

GB116-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Introduction to Multi-Vari Studies

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-1

The DMAIC Process


Define Identify the gap Establish Scope and Boundary Assign Black Belt and Team Establish Project Charter

Analyze Root Cause Analysis Multi level Pareto Diagrams


5 Why Diagrams Identification of Waste

Multi Vari Studies ANOVA Correlation and Regression Improve Implement Process Optimization Design of Experiments Identify Root Cause of Variation Confirm Results Finalize Value Stream Map Control Error Proof and Implement SPC Update Control Plan Update all Documentation Return to Process Owner
GB117-2

Measure Level 0 and Value Stream Map Determine Baseline Performance Initial Capability Studies
Process Capacity Initial Control Plan

Detail Process Map Measurement System Analysis C & E Matrix FMEA

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Topics
Overview of Multi-Vari Studies Noise Variables and Analysis Introduction Planning Multi-Varis Data Collection

Note: The name Multi-Vari was given to this methodology by L. A. Seder in the paper titled, Diagnosis with Diagrams which appeared in Industrial Quality Control in Jnuary and March, 1950. a

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-3

Multi-Vari Studies
Method of characterizing the baseline capability of a process while in production mode Data collection is passive in that the process is monitored in its natural state Data is collected for a short period of time and analyzed to determine capability, stability and relationships between Input Variables and Output Variables Multi-Vari study should continue until the full range of the output variable is observed
Span from Low to High as observed in the short-term capability or historic data

Identifies inherent process capabilities and limitations


Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Why Multi-Vari?
To determine with high statistical confidence the capability of the Output Variables of a process To identify assignable causes of variability To obtain initial components of variability (Shift-toShift, Run-to-Run, Operator-to-Operator) To get a first-look at process stability over time To provide direction and input for Design of Experiments (DOE) activities

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-5

Phases
Phase I:
Perform Short-term Capability Study Derive a plan for more in-depth study of the process based on data and notes from the Short-term Capability Study

Phase II:
Initial study of the effects of controlled, uncontrolled (noise), and material input variables on the output variable Focus on characterizing the effect of major uncontrolled (noise) variables in the system Initial relationships between controlled inputs and outputs
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

MAJ R FOCUS O

To study the uncontrolled Noise Variables first!

Variation in the Noise variables produces chronic and acute mean shifts and changes in variability that lead to process instability We must remove, if possible, these sources of variation first before we can leverage the important controlled input variables in a systematic way
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-7

Noise Variables
We can classify Noise Variables into three main families of variation: Positional - Differences in variation due to similar processes across a production line
Reactor-to-reactor differences Line-to-line differences Press to Press differences Production location to location differences Operator-to-Operator differences

Temporal - Differences in variation of a process over time


Shift-to-Shift Day-to-Day Week-to-Week

Sequential - Differences across a series of processes


If the output variable is affected by several different processes, we test Process-to-Process variability

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Analyzing Noise Variables


For Continuous Processes Test for Variability within a time span
Example: Four Measurements per Shift

Test for Variability across short time spans


Example: Variability across shifts

Test for Variability across longer time times


Example: Variability across days, weeks and/or months

For Discrete Processes Test for Variability within a piece


Example: Four measurements per oven cavity

Test for Variability within a batch


Example: Variability across cavities within a batch

Test for Variability across batches


Example: Variability across batches within a month

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-9

Positional Noise Tree

Plant 1

and any other plants making this product

Mold 1

Mold 2

Mold 3
and other molds

Cavity 1

Cavity 2

Cavity 3
and other cavities

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Material Noise Tree


Supplier A and other suppliers

Lot/Batch 1 Part/Spool 1 Location 1 Part/Spool 2 Location 2

Lot/Batch 2 Part/Spool 3 Location 3

Lot/Batch 3

and other locations within a part

Measurement 1

Measurement 2

and other measurements within a location

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-11

Temporal Noise Tree


Year 1

Month 1 Week 1 Day 1 Week 2 Day 2

Month 2 Week 3 Day 3

Month 3 Week 4 and other days within weeks

Shift 1 Hour 1

Shift 2 Hour 4 and other hours within Shift

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Studying Noise Variables


Sampling
We would sample several points within a shift, several shifts over several days or weeks

Lets look at a sample data collection sheet on the next page for a process with:
Two controlled Inputs (Temperature, Pressure) One Output (% Impurities) Three Noise variables (Day, Shift and Time within Shift) Well sample over two days

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-13

Data Sheet
Day 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Shift 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Time 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Input: Temperature Input: Pressure 91 48 97 52 88 44 87 43 109 50 98 45 103 55 99 49 111 55 103 53 106 54 93 55 101 46 93 48 97 54 99 49 Output: % Impurities 0.020000 0.020000 0.020000 0.010000 0.060000 0.040000 0.030000 0.050000 0.010000 0.010000 0.040000 0.000000 0.050000 0.040000 0.010000 0.030000

Notice that this data sheet format is the same format as a Minitab data file With this sheet we can easily investigate differences in % Impurities due to time-to-time, shift-to-shift and day-to-day Variations We can also correlate Temperature and Pressure with Impurities
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Multi-Vari Phase I:
Capability Study 1. Set up the process to your best guess setup and record the values of your process Input Variables 2. Identify a reasonable way to create rational subgroups; i.e, how will you select the samples? 3. Run the product over a short period of time to remove as much external variation as possible
Approximately 30 time points is the target for data collection

4. Have your team carefully observe the process and take plenty of notes 5. Measure and record values for the process Output Variable(s)
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-15

Multi-Vari Phase I:
Capability Study 6. Run Capability Six-pack and Review: SixNormal Plot, Histogram SPC Charts (Check for Stability, Accuracy)

7. Run the Test for Normality on the data 8. Run the Capability Study and identify both the Short Term and Long Term capability indices 9. Diagnose for Mean Shift and Variance Inflation 10. Develop action plan based on diagnostics

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Multi-Vari Phase II:


Planning
1. Determine Objective 2. Identify Input and Output Variables to be studied 3. Identify Measurement Systems for each variable Which should be studied to assure capability? 4. Determine sampling plan 5. Determine data collection, formatting and storage procedure 6. Description of procedure and settings used to run process 7. Team assigned and trained 8. Clear responsibilities assigned 9. Outline of data analysis to be performed
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-17

Multi-Vari Phase II:


Execution and Analysis 1. Run process and collect data 2. Analyze data:
Is the process stable, in control? Which are the key noise variables affecting the output variable? Which are the key controlled variables that influence the output variable?

3. Validate results with follow-up DOE 4. Conclusions 5. Reporting results, recommendations

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Planning
Critical Step Provides for: Statement of Objective List of Input Variables and Output Variables to be studied Ensure Measurement Systems are capable Description of sampling plan Method of data collection, formatting and storage Description of procedure and settings used to run process Team assigned and trained Clear responsibilities assigned Outline of data analysis to be performed Teams are crucial !! Teams are crucial Up-front communication of Objectives essential !! Up-front communication of Objectives essential
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-19

Objective
Objective is usually stated in terms of the Inputs effects on the Outputs Objective should tie to the Team Charter Examples:
1 2 3

Study the effects of temperature and pressure on Percent Impurities Study the stability and capability of the lead wire drawing process The Objectives of the study are to:
Study the effects of furnace operating variables on fractures

Exercise: Each team write each objective on a flip chart


GB117-20

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Identify Inputs and Outputs


Tools Tools
C&E Matrix C&E Matrix FMEA FMEA Fishbone Fishbone Short-term Short-term Capability Capability Controlled Controlled Inputs Inputs
Examples Examples Temperature Temperature Pressure Pressure Time Time Examples Examples Different Different Operators Operators Different Different Machines Machines Different Shifts Different Shifts Noise Inputs

Tools Tools
Boxplots Boxplots Main Effects and Main Effects and Interaction Plots Interaction Plots ANOVAs, T-test ANOVAs, T-test ey Process K y Process e K Outputs Outputs

Noise Inputs (Discrete) (Discrete)

Process Process
Noise Inputs Noise Inputs (Continuous) (Continuous)
Examples Examples Room Temperature Room Temperature Barometric Pressure Barometric Pressure Relative Humidity Relative Humidity Raw Material Raw Material Characteristics Characteristics GB117-21

Tools Tools
Scatterplots Scatterplots Correlation Correlation Regression Regression

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Controlled vs. Uncontrolled


(Entire left circle) (Entire right circle)

Factors Factors that are that are influential influential on the on the response response

Influential Noises that are not controlled

Noise Factors that we can afford to manipulate for the experiment only Control Factors & Held Constant Factors

Factors that Factors that are controlled are controlled in the in the experiment experiment

Factors with no impact on the response

Controllable in Controllable in real life real life

Remember, Noise is in the Eyes of the Beholder Remember, Noise is in the Eyes of the Beholder
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Measurement System Capability


Perform Gage R&R on important Inputs and, especially, critical Outputs Use standard Gage R&R procedures Remember, a noisy gage distorts your view of the true process variation

2 observed

2 actual

2 measuremen t

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-23

Sampling Plan
A good sampling plan will capture all relevant sources of noise variability
Lot-to-lot, batch-to-batch Different shifts, operators, machines or processes

Sample Size rule of thumb: 30 Input Variables do not always have to be measured for each sample
Example:
Samples are drawn for an output variable measurement every hour Ambient humidity (input variable) is assumed to be constant over a 4 hour period
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Sampling Designs
You can use one or more of the following sampling designs Sampling designs help insure a representative sample of the process without having to collect extreme amounts of data Nielson Rating are based on about 1500 viewers Those viewers are chosen to best represent all viewers in the country Sampling designs: Simple Random Sample Stratified Sampling Cluster Sampling Systematic Sampling Subgroup Sampling
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-25

Sampling Plan Worksheet


Key Outputs: 1 2 3 Noise Variables: 1 2 3 4 5 Controllable Inputs 1 2 3 4 5 Overall Sampling Plan: Variable How Measured When Measured Variable How Measured When Measured Variable How Measured When Measured

Rev. C Jnuary 2004 a 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Discrete Example
Key Outputs: 1. Surface Quality Variable Pits Dents How Measured Visual Visual When Measured Sample Sample

Noise Variables: Section to Section Sheet to Sheet Pack to Pack

Variable Section id. Sheet number Pack number

How Measured Count Count Count

When Measured

Controllable Inputs Copper Exposure Infeed Optimization Equipment cleaning

Variable Exposure time Infeed ratio Cleanliness rating

How Measured Timer Meter Visual

When Measured Each Pack Each Pack Each Pack

Overall Sampling Plan: Pits and Dents will be measured in each Section of Sheets A, B, C on Packs 1, 7, 13. Controllable Inputs will be recorded for each Pack 1, 7, 13.

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-27

Fibers Example
Key Outputs: 1. Uptime / Quality Variable Breakouts Breaking Strength Broken Filaments Variable Batch number Batch number Panel number Day Shift number Variable 1 2 3 4 5 Overall Sampling Plan: For each Breakout occurance, Breaking Strength and Broken filaments will be measured. Fiber and Polymer Batch will be recorded along with panel number, day, shift and time. How Measured Operator Lab Lab/Visual How Measured Recorded Recorded Recorded Recorded Recorded How Measured When Measured When Measured On Occurrance Breakout Sample Breakout Sample When Measured

Noise Variables: Fiber Batch Polymer Batch Panel Day Shift Controllable Inputs

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Data Formats
Data quickly logged into a database (e.g. Minitab) Data should include a column for each of:
ID Information (Time, Lot#Shift, Site, etc.) , Uncontrolled (Noise) inputs Process Inputs Process outputs Comments

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-29

Manufacturing Quality Data Sheet


Fiber Breakouts
Objective Metrology To identify the key variables affecting fiber breakouts At each breakout occurrence: 1) Take sample of material for lab testing of breaking strength and fiber breakouts 2) Record all other (known) information as indicated below Occurrence data Measure Data Point control number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Polymer Batch Lab Test Results Time between Breaking Broken Dirty Slow/fast failures strength filaments Spinneret Holes Oil on L.E.D

Cause (if known)


Rough/Dirty Roll Threadpath Filament Surface Alignment Motion Process Variability
(Description of variable, if known)

Fiber Batch

Panel

Day

Shift

Time

Format

batch #

batch #

i.d.#

MM/DD

HH:MM

(calc.)

lbs.

% brok en

Xs
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Ys
GB117-30

Comments

Looking For Xs That Cause Machine Shutdown Looking For Xs That Cause Machine Shutdown

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Transactional Quality Data Sheet


Date: Branch: Observer:

Process Inputs
Insp. Area Weather

Perform Inspection
Inspection Interrupted Duration (min.) Other Activity Driver partic. in insp. (Y/N)

Unit #

D)irt Unit Arr. P)aved Lease # Time G)ravel

P)uddle N)o Pdl.

Insp. Name Temp.

R)ain D)ry

# trailers to be insp. In & Out

P)hone C)ust V)end M)ech

C)ollection D)evon C)ustomer V)endor B)reakdown C)omputer

Xs
Looking For Xs That Cause Dirty/Unsafe Trailers Looking For Xs That Cause Dirty/Unsafe Trailers Attributes or Variables Present Here? Attributes or Variables Present Here?
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-31

Exercise
Objective: Establish a sampling plan for your projects first Multi-Vari study Procedure:
Identify key output variable(s) to be studied Identify key input variables to be studied
Controlled Uncontrolled (Noise)
Continuous / Variable Discrete / Attribute

Identify measurement systems for each output and input variable;identify those which need to be evaluated Specify your initial sampling plan using the worksheet provided (see next slide)
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Sampling Plan Worksheet


Purpose of the Experiment: _ Output : _ How will you measure it ? _

Inputs: Controlled 1) _ 2) _ 3) _ 4) _ How / When will you measure it ? _ _ _ _ How / When will you measure it ?

Uncontrolled 1) _ _ _ 2) _ 3) _ _ 4) _ _

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-33

Rules for Effective Data Collection


Team must follow sampling plan consistently Do a short Pilot Run to test your procedures Note changes in operating conditions that are not part of the normal or initial operating conditions Maintain monitors on gauges for key process inputs Record any events that are out of the ordinary Log data into database quickly eep a log book K Run your MV study until Y varies over full range! Run your MV study until Y varies over full range!
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-VARI STUDIES

Multi-Vari Pitfalls
1) Passive observation provides too narrow a range of X behavior
Y=Gas Mileage (mpg)
30 20 10

Y=Selli ng Price 0 .5 1 1.5 2 X=Car Weight (tons)


(Thousa nds)

35 25 5

1 6 14 22 30 X=Age of Car (Yrs)

You See You See


Y=Gas Mileag e (mpg)
30 25 20

Y=Selli ng Price
1.1 (Thousa nds)

You See You See


6 4 2

Counter to 1: Counter to 1: Run your MV study Run your MV study until Y varies over until Y varies over full range! full range!

.9

.95

1.05

13

13.5

14 14.5 15

X=Car Weight (tons)

X=Age of Car (Yrs)

2) Interactions are present, but we only investigate one X at a time


SHIFT
37 37

We See... X (Heat) Looks Unimportant

1 2

32

32

27

27

22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Reality... X (Heat) Is Important and Influenced by Shift

Yield

Heat

Yield

Heat

3) Multi-colinearity (Confounding) is present


GB117-35

Counter to 22& 3: Counter to & 3: Run DOEs to verify Run DOEs to verify KyyXs & eK Xs & e interactions interactions

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Summary
Overviewed Multi-Vari studies Reviewed noise variables and analysis introduction Planning Multi-Vari studies Identified methods for data collection

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB117-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Sampling

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-1

Topics
Overview Sampling Introduce Sampling guidelines Discuss Sampling techniques and sample sizes

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Why Sample?
It is not always feasible or possible to analyze 100% of the population...

Population

Sample

But, we can draw conclusions about the population through statistically relevant samples
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-3

What is a Sample?
Collecting only a portion of the data that is available or could be available Using the data from the sample to draw statistical inferences A faster, less costly way to gain insight into a process or large population Remember: Even if we collect 100% of the data points for our process or population during a certain period of time, it is still only a sample of the whole population
A good sample is a miniature version of the A good sample is a miniature version of the population --just like it, only smaller population just like it, only smaller
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

When Does Sampling Work?


Each member of the population has an equal chance of being selected Selecting one member doesnt influence likelihood of another member being selected or not There arent any significant differences between those selected and those that werent You have a large enough sample to find what youre looking for. If its a rare event or you want to be very precise, youll need a large sample.

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-5

Process or Population?
What is a Process and what is a Population What is a Process and what is a Population

A Process . . .
Back guard assembly Porcelain spraying Quoting activity Inventory counts maintenance

A Population . . .
All the back guards produced Product made using one supplier lot Deals that exceed margin targets Items with discrepancies

Process vs. Population Determines Sampling Approach, Sample Size Calculations, and Other Considerations

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Sampling: How, What, When


Purpose Process
Take action or predict future - In Control? - Capable? - Improve?

Considerations
Where to sample Frequency Grouping Representative Cost Precision (+/- ) Amount of characterisitics variation: or P - Confidence level - Representative - Cost

Sample Size
Use Sample Size by Tool or Statistic guidelines

Approach
Subgroup Sampling Systematic Sampling

Large Population

Describe or Quantify Characteristics of the Population

Use Minitab procedures

Random Sampling Stratified Random Sampling Systematic Sampling Cluster Sampling

Sampling Reference Matrix Sampling Reference Matrix


Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-7

Simple Random Sample (SRS)


If all possible samples of n experimental units are equally likely to be selected, then the procedure is a simple random sample Example: We generate 15 random numbers from 1 to the number of items produced in a shift for the enamel baking process These items identified are then evaluated with respect to the output measures Characteristics of Simple Random Sample Unbiased: Every experimental unit has the same chance of being chosen Independence: The selection of an experimental unit is not dependent on the selection of another In continuous processes, using a SRS is very difficult because there is no clear experimental unit. Generally we sample from a stream of material.
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Stratified Sample
Divide the population into homogeneous groups and randomly sample from within each group Example: Stamping Batches There are a large number of batches (batched by steel lot) going through the stamping press with each press batch having many items created Randomly sample 2 items from each batch This sample will effectively represent each batchs effect on the variability of the output variables Another example If you have 2 paint lines, randomly sample product from each line This sample allows you to represent the effect of each line on the variability of the output
GB118-9

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Cluster Sample
Divides the sample into smaller homogeneous groups, then the groups are randomly sampled Example: Paint Lines
Assume there are a number of positions for product within each paint line Number each paint line and randomly sample a subset of the paint lines Then randomly sample positions within the selected paint lines (within the subset)

This represents line effects without having to sample from all lines

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Systematic Sample
Start with a randomly chosen unit and sample every kth unit thereafter Example:
For a assembly shift, there are N number of product produced Pick a number at random to start and then select every 15th unit to evaluate

This method is good because its simple

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-11

Subgroup Sample
Sample output of step or activity with some frequency - usually a time increment Remember the Sources of Variation Will a subgroup show the variation youre interested in? Frequency - predetermined, corresponds to control chart sampling

Example:
Pull 5 ice machines at 10 a.m., 12 p.m., 2 p.m., and 4 p.m.

Rev. C Jnuary 2004 a 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

To Sample or Not to Sample?


For some populations, sampling may not be the best approach Example: If you have only 25 sales over $10 million per year, would you sample? You would probably look at ALL those sales (or units) This is NOT sampling Its known as a census and has its own set of rules

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-13

Standard Sampling Strategies


Which Strategy Is Right For My Project? Which Strategy Is Right For My Project? Consider what main factors or Sources of Variation are on your suspect list
Will your strategy allow you to see what you want to see?

The more complex the strategy, the harder it is to plan, execute, and control
Only use the degree of sophistication you really need. Dont use a complex sampling scheme if you dont need one.

Sampling can be a complicated question


Review your approach with a mentor or Master Black Belt before you start data collection

When In Doubt, Ask For Help! When In Doubt, Ask For Help!
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Sampling from Processes


Considerations To eep In Mind Considerations ToK ep In Mind e K
Where you Sample Location in the process where your process variable affects the output variable Sample as far upstream as practically and logically possible Frequency of Sampling Often enough to catch it going from good to bad It is better to have several small samples over time than one large sample at single point in time Sample more frequently if process stability is questionable Subgrouping: Minimize opportunity for special cause within subgroup Want special causes to change between subgroups eep track of what, where, when, who, etc. K For subgroups or Sources of Variation, youll need at least 5 data points for each category of the variable
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-15

Sample Size By Tool or Statistic


Tool or Statistic Average Standard Deviation Proportion Defective (P) Histogram or Pareto Scatter Diagram Control Chart

Minimum Sample Size


5 - 10 25 - 30 100 and nP >= 5 50 25 20

Remember these are MINIMUMS for sampling from Processes. More data points means higher confidence in conclusions you can draw from your data
Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Common Issues With Sample Quality


Selection Bias No structure to determine which items you sample Convenience sampling; Systematic sampling matches some structure Changes in the Environment Environmental changes make the sample no longer representative Non-Response Bias Especially in surveys, characteristics of those who dont respond are different in a significant way from those who do (vocal minority) Measurement Bias Often related to unequal batch sizes - tendency to select larger batches to sample from Non-representative batches . . . long overdue bills without sampling quickly paid accounts Sampling Plan Executed Improperly Try to be aware of biases and other quality problems that can creep in and affect your data!
GB118-17

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

Sampling from Populations

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Team Exercise
Divide into teams Evaluate the sampling examples on the next page Identify strengths and weaknesses for each example Think of at least one suggestion to improve the approach for each example You have 15 minutes

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-19

Sampling Examples
1. A team is studying First Call Resolution. Approximately 15% of callers are sampled to complete a customer survey. Only 10% of those sampled were willing to complete the survey. 2. A team is working on SAP information input accuracy. They have decided to collect a sample of transactions processed from 4:00 5:00 p.m. every day for the next four days. 3. A team studying cycle time for product changeovers is going to sample data from the one production line that has data readily available. 4. A team is looking at packaging defects. They plan to sample by pulling every 200th unit processed over the next 30 days. 5. A team is working on material shortages. Theyve developed a subgroup sampling approach for all items in the database.

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

SAMPLING

Summary
Provided an overview to sampling Introduced some sampling guidelines Discussed sampling techniques and sample sizes

Rev. C anuary 2004 J 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB118-21

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

INTERPERSONAL MANAGING SKILLS

DMAIC Process Improvement Green Belts


D M A I C

Interpersonal Managing Skills & Dealing with Resistance


Rev C February 2004 Tyco

GB119-1

Clarifying and Confirming


When:
Youll make a decision or take action based on the information, opinion, or suggestion offered, or Your immediate impulse is to reject, ignore, or disagree with what you are hearing.

How:
Clarify by seeking additional information about: What has been said, and/or Why Confirm by stating your understanding of: What has been said, and/or Why

Team Reference Guide, Page 17 Team Reference Guide, Page 17


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

INTERPERSONAL MANAGING SKILLS

Constructive Criticism
When:
You want someone to change his or her performance or suggestion, and You have confirmed your understanding.

How:
Give balanced feedback:
Specify the merits you want to see retained Specify the concerns you want to see eliminated Explore ideas for retaining merits and eliminating

concerns
Invite suggestions Make suggestions

Team Reference Guide, Page 17 Team Reference Guide, Page 17


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-3

Managing Differences
When You think a difference exists How:
Define the difference State whats important to you, and why Clarify / Confirm whats important to the other person, and why

Team Reference Team Reference Guide, Page 18 Guide, Page 18


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

INTERPERSONAL MANAGING SKILLS

Managing Differences ( Cont. )


When
You are willing and able to consider alternatives

When
You are unwilling or unable to consider alternatives, or Youre unable to reach a mutually acceptable decision

How
Discuss the difference: Explore ideas to find alternatives

How:
Terminate the discussion: Acknowledge the other persons right to differ Explain what youve decided and why

No longer a difference Team Reference Guide, Page 18 Team Reference Guide, Page 18
Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-5

Crediting
When
The work of someone whose performance matters to you: Exceeds expectations Consistently meets expectations Meets expectations not usually met by that person.

How
Give specific examples of performance Mention personal qualities that contributed to performance Mention resulting benefits to you, the department, and/or the organization.

Team Reference Guide, Page 18 Team Reference Guide, Page 18


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

INTERPERSONAL MANAGING SKILLS

Write Your Own Role Playa real situation you may be in

Create Create Triads Triads


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

Describe the situation and enough information so your partner can play your role and practice the skills. You will play the other person. The third person in the triad will be the coach for the skill practice.

GB119-7

Managing Change:
Dealing With Resistance to Change

VISION Westinghouse DRIVERS Research: Change video LEADERSHIP PARTICIPATION COMMUNICATION TRAINING AND EDUCATION REINFORCEMENT

Team Reference Guide, Page 41 Team Reference Guide, Page 41


Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

INTERPERSONAL MANAGING SKILLS

Faces of Resistance
Wants more detail Flood with detail Time Attack Impracticality Im not surprised Confusion Silence Intellectualizing Moralizing Compliance Methodology

Team Reference Team Reference Guide, Page 42-43 Guide, Page 42-43

Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-9

Write Your Own Role Play a resistance situation you may be in

Team Reference Team Reference Guide, Page 44 Guide, Page 44

Rev C anuary, 2003 J Tyco

GB119-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

DMAIC Process Improvement For Operations Green Belts

Tyco International Cost Savings Guidelines


GB121(Appendix)-1

Calculating Six Sigma Project Financial Impact

GB121-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Why is the Financial Impact Important ?


Whether we are trying to improve a transactional process, the quality of a product or plants yields or efficiency, there is always a financial impact. Measurement is important for Tyco, as a Company to determine how we are continually improving. (Note that we have to measure consistently as One Company.) Measurement is critical for tracking individual performance and division performance as well. We must track and measure each quarter and report the financial impact as a company. A tracking mechanism is being established using a PowerSteering tool. Training on this tool may be separate from this training.
GB121-3

Where does Financial Impact tracking Fit in to a Project ?


Process Map (See Next Page) Defines and schedules expected involvement from project leaders and finance community Defines project timeline and maps it to DMAIC structure Critical points include:
Initial Measurement of the Project Estimate Updating estimates during steady-state or at end of Control State (Committed) At end of each month, implemented savings need to be updated At end of Each Quarter, Finance approves implemented savings

The Period of Measurement should be 12 months. The actual start date of the measurement should be defined by the Project Leader and validated by Finance
GB121-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Project Lifecycle
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Define BB Engaged

Measure

Analyze

Improve

Control

BB enters project into tracking tool, project costs are estimated and entered as they occur

Projected Savings are estimated (Finance consulted and briefed on project costs and benefits)

Enter steady-state of savings during or at end of Control and estimate Committed Savings

Projected Savings Net savings estimated to be achieved over 12 month period Committed Savings Net savings identified as a result of a signed contract, pricing agreement, or proposed Budget Reduction Implemented Savings Net Savings realized through buying off contracts, release of POs, or reductions in budget

At the end of each month, BB enters Implemented Savings based on actual results.

At the end of each quarter, Finance approves Implemented Savings and enables Roll-up!!

GB121-5

Keys Points Six Sigma Financial Impact Summary


As part of measuring the financial impact of Six Sigma projects, Tyco International and its subsidiaries have adopted common categorization and measurement standards to determine savings related to each project. The financial impact of every project is versus the prior year or current year established baseline. However, all financial impacts need to be reviewed and approved by the financial individual responsible for the department and/or division Operating Plan (Budget). All project specific costs must be netted against the project savings (cost reductions or margin associated with revenue increase). General costs (e.g. Six Sigma resources and training, external consultants, license fees, etc) will be netted against the aggregate net savings for reporting purposes.
GB121-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Six Sigma Financial Impact Classification Matrix


Prior Year or Current Year Baseline Impact Hard (Impact or change vs. Baseline) Increase Revenue Reduce Costs Increase Cash (Sustainable) Soft (No Impact or change vs. Baseline) Avoid Loss of Revenue Avoid Additional Cost Avoid Additional Investment

Category

Revenue Growth * Cost Productivity Working Capital/ Cash Flow

* The Hard Budget impact of revenue growth will be the margin associated with increase in revenue

GB121-7

Detailed Project Classification Criteria Revenue Growth *


Category Revenue Growth Hard * Revenue Growth Hard * Revenue Growth Hard * Area Administrative Errors Discussion Comments -Reduction in customer returns and complaints. -Translates into lead time reduction which can be tied to revenue growth and fall through. -Look for revenue growth due to ability to meet customer requested dates. -Delivery performance improvement does not equate to increasing inventory. How to Measure -Increases revenue due to elimination of errors. -Hard savings is revenue growth due to additive business without additional capacity. -Hard savings is revenue growth due to additive business without additional capacity.

Increased Mfg. Flexibility *

Delivery Performance

Revenue Growth Soft*

Customer Returns / Customer -Project the potential loss of Complaints business.

-Savings associated with lost business due to poor quality

* The Hard Budget impact of revenue growth will be the margin associated with the increase in revenue

NOTE: The information above are only guidelines and should serve as a starting point only
GB121-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Detailed Project Classification Criteria Cost Productivity - Hard


Category Area Discussion Comments
-May result in a reduction in WIP inventory.

How to Measure
-Purchased price reduction is hard savings. -Reduction in receiving inspection is a hard savings only if the person / position is eliminated. -Redeployment of people may result in soft savings. -Reduction in overtime results in hard savings. -Reduction in use of agency results in hard savings. -Hard savings if less raw material is purchased. -Calculate the savings using the standard manufacturing costs.

Cost Supplier Cost, Delivery, Productivity Service, Quality - Hard

Cost Productivity Performance Productivity (Direct costs) - Hard

-Monitor the people component. -Report the equivalent peoples work that we dont need to pay.

Cost Cost of Poor Quality Productivity - Hard

-Possible savings from: -Not needing to buy a certain amount of raw material. -Calculate the direct costs associated with the replenishment process -Must be cautious of the use of variable vs. fixed costs.

NOTE: The information above are only guidelines and should serve as a starting point only
GB121-9

Detailed Project Classification Criteria Cost Productivity - Soft


Category
Cost Floor Space Productivity - Soft

Area

Discussion Comments
-To generate savings, the floor space that is freed up must be reallocated for production. -Utilize purchased cost avoidance.

How to Measure
-If the production space is reallocated, the savings will be hard. -The cost savings will be soft until the production space is utilized. -Cost per square foot is considered overhead. -Determine the increase in billings / revenue or reduction in backlog. -Reduction in overtime. -Reduction in variance over time.

Cost Equipment Utiliz ation * Productivity - Soft

Cost Tooling Productivity -Soft

-Creates the ability to run more product, but the savings is soft until there is demand. -Provides opportunities for insourcing. -There is no savings when you create downtime more quickly. -Opportunity to reduce the equipment base. -A cost must be eliminated. -Initiatives to improve / increase the life of the tooling.

Hard savings if there are purchasing savings or if the useful life is extended resulting in reduced depreciation Soft savings if internal capacity is freed up becomes a hard savings if there is a resource reduction or additive work.

NOTE: The information above are only guidelines and should serve as a starting point only
GB121-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Detailed Project Classification Criteria Working Capital / Cash Flow


Category Area Working Work-in-Process Inventory Capital / Cash Flow Hard How to Measure -Hard savings are the result of a decrease in Work-in-Process Inventory -This could have a negative - The carrying cost of inventory impact on EBIT Finance to should not be included as this is stay close to the project to a financing activity and it does ensure the correct targets are not impact EBIT or Free Cash established. Flow. -Inventory reduction frees up cash. -Essentially the same -Soft savings could include discussion as WIP inventory. savings due to reduction in obsolete inventory. -Generally we have data at the -Savings can be determined from product line level. the accrual process or from actual write off data. - Frees up cash - Hard savings are recognizable when benefits can be sustained over time Discussion Comments -Projects will need to be able to determine the WIP.

Working Finished Goods and Capital / Component Inventory Cash Flow Hard / Soft

Working Reduction in Receivables or Capital / Increase in Payables terms Cash Flow Hard

NOTE: The information above are only guidelines and should serve as a starting point only
GB121-11

Six Sigma Project Financial Impact Examples

GB121-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Financial Impact Examples:


Revenue Growth Cost Productivity Working Capital (Cash)

GB121-13

Example 1: Growth Project


A production step in a one of Tycos plants is currently running at full capacity (24 hours x 7 days per week) and limiting the total potential sales because the demand for our product is greater than what we can produce. The next capacity limitation for our plant is over 1300 pounds per hour. There are more customers that want to buy this product but our plant is unable to meet their demand due to the capacity constraint. The prior year financials were: Sales Factory Cost O-heads & Chgs Operating Income 12.0 MM$ 6.0 MM$ (2.0 Fixed and 4.0 Variable) 3.0 MM$ (1.5 Fixed and 1.5 Variable) 3.0 MM$

The project Y for the Six Sigma project is to increase the output of this limiting production step from 1200 pounds per hour to 1300 pounds per hour. If this is achieved, the revenue is expected to increase from 12.0 MM$ to 13.0 MM$ / year. In addition, the variable factory cost per unit is expected to then drop from 33.33% of sales to 32.00% of sales.
GB121-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Example 1: Growth Project


The financial benefit of this project is two-fold: First, the variable manufacturing cost is cut from 33.33% to sales to 32.00% of sales. At last years sales volume, this will result in an operating income impact of $159,600 (12.0 MM$ x (.3333 - .3200)). Second, since the sales were constrained by the plant capacity, there is a financial benefit of the added sales volume that occurred as the capacity increased. In this example, the sales increased by 1 MM$. The operating income/EBIT impact of this added sales is $555,000 (1.0 MM$ x (1 - .32 - .125)). The .32 is the variable factory cost % and the .125 is the variable other. The total project benefits were: $159,600 from reduced variable manufacturing cost + $555,000 from income from added sales $714,600 Total Operating Income impact If the plant were not operating at full capacity, the project savings would only have been the $159,600 from the reduced variable manufacturing cost.

GB121-15

Example 2: Cost / Productivity Project


The final manufacturing step for a product has had poor yields. For the last year, the yield has been 80%. The Production Reporting information for the last 4 quarters is as follows: Prior production information Q1 Output (MM yds) Labor (hrs) Input (MM yds) 1.250 1.000 1000 1.250 Q2 1.000 1000 1.250 Q3 1.000 1000 1.250 Q4 1.000 1000

The Input material has a fully burdened cost of $2.00 / sq yd. The variable cost is $1.50 / sq yd. The fully burdened labor cost is $60 / hour. The variable labor cost is $35 / hour. After the Six Sigma project is complete, the yield improved to 90% and the production reporting information for the next 4 quarters is as follows: New production information Q1 Output (MM yds) Labor (hrs) Input (MM yds) 1.111 1.000 900 1.111 Q2 1.000 900 1.111 Q3 1.000 900 1.111 Q4 1.000 900

The Operating Income impact is $208,500 / quarter. (1,250,000 1,111,000) x $1.50 per sq yard + (100 x $35) = $212,000 The savings is based on the reduced input material required multiplied by the variable cost of the input material and the variable labor savings (Note that the fully burdened amount is not used since benefit costs for labor are not reduced due to the project).

GB121-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

Example 3: Cash Project


A business currently has sales of 45 MM$ per quarter and a DSO (Days Sales Outstanding of 40 days. Several of these days are the result of collection delays due to discrepancies. The Six Sigma Project is to try to reduce the days of DSO due to discrepancies from 5 days to 1 day. If everything else stays equal, this will mean that the DSO will drop by 4 days. Sales & A/R in MM$. Last 4 quarters Q1 Sales A/R DSO 45 20 Q2 45 20 40 Q3 45 20 40 Q4 45 20 40 | | | Q1 47.25 18.9 40 | 21.0 4 Quarters after Project Q2 47.25 18.9 36 21.0 Q3 47.25 18.9 36 21.0 Q4 47.25 18.9 36 21.0 36

If DSO had stayed at 40, the AR would have been:

The Cash Benefit from this project is 2.1 MM$ (21.0 18.9). We would record the cash flow benefit in the first quarter of the project as 2.1 MM$. If the DSO stays at 36 days for the remaining 3 quarters and the sales remain at 47.25 MM$ / quarter the benefit in Q2, Q3, and Q4 would be 0. If either the sales grow or the DSO drops further, then there would be additional benefit recorded in Q2, Q3, or Q4. Some notes on this example: It is recommended to use the average DSO figures from the prior 4 quarters in establishing the baseline for comparison. If that will distort the real benefit, another method is to use the DSO figure from the prior quarter (or 3 months). It is not considered appropriate to use a projected DSO number as the baseline for comparison. Sometimes a DSO project will result in operating income impacts as well. For example, if by reducing discrepancies the business were able to reduce the employee count handling discrepancies from 3 people to 1 person, a cost savings equivalent to two people should be included as an operating income benefit.
GB121-17

Tracking and Roll Up of Savings


As noted before, the tracking tool to be used for the entire company for measurement will be part of a separate training, however, some important things to be aware of are as follows:

There is a Monthly and Quarterly roll up of savings for your entire segment that is reported for all of Tyco. Therefore, you should update estimates (costs and savings) regularly. The Appendix shows the timeline of this reporting. The examples used in this module are very basic. You will be involved in projects that have a much greater complexity. Some more scenarios are enclosed in the appendix. Involve Finance from the beginning. You must be aligned with them in measuring costs and savings.
GB121-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES

APPENDIX (Refer to Excel file)

GB121(Appendix)-19

Monthly / Quarterly Update Cycle


(To be covered in specific Tracking training separately)

5th
All MBBs/BBs/GBs enter their Actual impacts for the completed period.

10th

11th

15th

15th 5th

MBB/BB/GB

Quarterly

Quarterly

Financial Leaders

Financial Leaders review Actual numbers for each project and set Ready for Rollup to Yes.

Audited Reporting Period Executives and Financial Leaders can run Enterprise Financial Benefit rollup reports for audited and unaudited projects

Casual Reporting Period

Executives

Quarterly
Financial System Manager resets all audit flags (Ready for Rollup) to No for Financial Benefit metric.

Financial Benefit reports can be run, but numbers reported will be un-audited or may be rough estimates.

Financial Manager

GB121-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES APPENDIX


tyco Six Sigma Financial Impact Categories SUMMARY 1 As part of measuring the financial impact of Six Sigma projects, Tyco International and its subsidiaries has adopted common categorization and measurement standards to determine savings related to each project. 2 The financial impact of every project is versus the prior year or current year established baseline. Also, the financial impact needs to be reviewed and approved by the financial individual responsible for the department and/or division Operating Plan (Budget). 3 All project specific costs must be netted against the increased revenue or reduction of costs for each project. General costs (e.g. Six Sigma resources and training, external consultants, license fees, etc) will be netted against the aggregate net savings for reporting purposes. Prior Year or Current Year Baseline Impact Hard (Impact or change vs. Baseline) Increase Revenue Reduce Costs Increase Cash (Sustainable) Soft (No Impact or change vs. Baseline) Avoid Loss of Revenue Avoid Additional Cost Avoid Additional Investment

Category Revenue Growth * Cost Productivity Working Capital/ Cash Flow

* The Hard Budget impact of revenue growth will be the margin associated with the increase in revenue

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts - Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES APPENDIX tyco


Six Sigma Financial Impact Examples
Category Revenue Growth Hard Revenue Growth Hard Revenue Growth Hard Area Administrative Errors Discussion Comments -Reduction in customer returns and complaints. -Translates into lead time reduction which can be tied to revenue growth and fall through. -Look for revenue growth due to ability to meet customer requested dates. -Delivery performance improvement does not equate to increasing inventory. -Project the potential loss of business. How to Measure -Increases revenue due to elimination of errors. -Hard savings is revenue growth due to additive business without additional capacity. -Hard savings is revenue growth due to additive business without additional capacity.

Increased Mfg. Flexibility *

Delivery Performance

Revenue Customer Returns / Customer Growth - Soft Complaints Cost Supplier Cost, Delivery, Service, Productivity - Quality Hard

-Savings associated with lost business due to poor quality

Cost Productivity Performance (Direct Productivity - costs) Hard

Cost Transportation, parts movement Productivity Hard

-May result in a reduction in WIP -Purchased price reduction is hard inventory. savings. -Reduction in receiving inspection is a hard savings only if the person / position is eliminated. -Monitor the people component. -Redeployment of people may result in soft savings. -Report the equivalent peoples -Reduction in overtime results in work that we dont need to pay. hard savings. -Reduction in use of agency results in hard savings. -Elimination of outside trucking costs. -Reduction in premium freight is a hard savings. -Elimination of direct labor, e.g. material handler. -Possible savings from: -Hard savings if less raw material is purchased. -Not needing to buy a certain -Calculate the savings using the amount of raw material. standard manufacturing costs. -Calculate the direct costs - There could be a Revenue impact if associated with the replenishment the scrap is being sold. process -Must be cautious of the use of variable vs. fixed costs. -To generate savings, the floor -If the production space is space that is freed up must be reallocated, the savings will be reallocated for production. hard. -Utilize purchased cost -The cost savings will be soft until avoidance. the production space is utilized. -Cost per square foot is considered overhead. -Determine the increase in billings / revenue or reduction in backlog. -Reduction in overtime. -Reduction in variance over time.

Cost Cost of Poor Quality Productivity Hard

Cost Floor Space Productivity Soft

Cost Equipment Utilization * Productivity Soft

-Creates the ability to run more product, but the savings is soft until there is demand. -Provides opportunities for insourcing. -There is no savings when you create downtime more quickly. -Opportunity to reduce the equipment base. -A cost must be eliminated.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts - Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

402-108, Rev. C

COST SAVINGS GUIDELINES APPENDIX tyco


Six Sigma Financial Impact Examples
Category Area Discussion Comments -All these savings are soft. How to Measure

Indirect Manufacturing Costs Cost Productivity Soft Cost Customer Returns / Customer Productivity - Complaints Soft

-Costs associated with processing -Savings associated with decreased CRM. rework, inspection, production orders to replenish inventory. Soft savings if internal capacity is freed up becomes a hard savings if there is a resource reduction or additive work.

Tooling Cost Productivity Soft

-Initiatives to improve / increase the life of the tooling.

Hard savings if there are purchasing savings or if the useful life is extended resulting in reduced depreciation Soft savings if internal capacity is freed up becomes a hard savings if there is a resource reduction or additive work.

Cost Overhead Costs Productivity Soft

Working Capital / Cash Flow Hard

Work-in-Process Inventory

-CAUTION: this is an area that frequently results in double dipping. -Reduction in overhead costs usually wont occur during the short life of a Six Sigma project. -Projects will need to be able to determine the WIP.

-Hard savings are the result of a decrease in Work-in-Process Inventory -This could have a negative - The carrying cost of inventory impact on EBIT Finance to stay should not be included as this is a close to the project to ensure the financing activity and it does not correct targets are established. impact EBIT or Free Cash Flow.

Working Capital / Cash Flow Hard / Soft

Working Capital / Cash Flow Hard Working Capital / Cash Flow

-Inventory reduction frees up cash. Finished Goods and Component -Essentially the same discussion -Soft savings could include savings Inventory as WIP inventory. due to reduction in obsolete inventory. -Generally we have data at the -Savings can be determined from the product line level. accrual process or from actual write off data. Reduction in Receivables or - Frees up cash - Hard savings are recognizable Increase in Payables terms when benefits can be sustained over time Inventory Write-off -Some inventory write off is tied to -Avoiding the write off provides the business environment. hard savings by making a contribution to cash flow. -Can be characterized as per -Reduction in provision balance at unit of demand. the PL or PC level.

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts - Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Process Improvement Methodology


Operations Green Belts

Summary Week 1

Rev. C February 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-1

Purpose
You have been exposed to a number of tools and techniques this week You now must plan to put those tools to use on your project This module will provide some insight as to what the expectations are for your project for next weeks presentation Take the next few hours to develop your action plan for your project efforts over the next few weeks

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-2

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 1 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Getting Ready for Week 2 Training


A project team is in place and functioning with the Project Leader effectively facilitating The team understands the business impact of the project Definition of the business and project metrics are complete and documented in the Charter A detailed level 1 process map is developed and reflects key customer requirements and all process variables The initial Value Stream Map is developed

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-3

Getting Ready for Week 2 Training


The relationship between process inputs and customer requirements has been investigated to provide direction for variable investigation (C&E Matrix) Risk assessment and reduction efforts are documented and implemented as a result of the FMEA The measurement system is in place and the measurement system capability studies are completed for both variables and attributes Initial Capability Studies have been completed

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-4

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 2 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Project Tracking
Project Description MSA
1st Capability Study & SPC

Process Map

C&E Matrix

Measure
Preliminary FMEA
Multi-Vari

Analyze

These are typically done These are typically done Before the second class. Before the second class.
DOE (or other improvement activities)

Improve
Control Plan Hand Off Training Final Capability Study Owner Sign-Off Final Project Report

Control

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-5

Level 0 Process Map / Initial Value Stream Map


Importance to Improvement Process
ALL processes need to be mapped Identifies ALL potential Key Process Input Variables (Input Variables) affecting the process If not done correctly and in detail, further actions may not be effective(dont miss the noise !) All other tools in the DMAIC process rely on a welldefined, well-documented process map The results of this effort will be the input for Input Variable selection later on

IT MUST BE DONE THOROUGHLY

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-6

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 3 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Level 0 Process Map / Initial Value Stream Map


Application Methods
A cross functional team is utilized to document the process steps and Input Variables through a series of focused meetings facilitated by the Project Leader All pertinent process experts need to be involved

Outputs
A documented process A complete list of Input Variables by step Visual representation of the process Each Input Variable classified as Controlled or Uncontrolled Initial Control Plans for Output Variables
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-7

Level 0 Process Map / Initial Value Stream Map


Questions to Ask Who was on your team? How were the Customer Requirements identified? What does the team feel are the most important Uncontrolled Input Variables in the process? Does this map reflect the current process or the one we want? Where are the rework loops identified? What are the non-value added processes? Where are the measurement points in the process? What does your Control Plan include at this time? How many Input Variables did you identify per step (on average)? What is the team going to do next?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-8

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 4 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

C&E Matrix
Importance to Process Aids in the prioritization of process steps and Input Variables to evaluate further Provides a method to reduce the efforts in FMEA by only addressing Input Variables correlated highly to Customer Requirements Application Methods The Project Leader will develop the matrix and use the Team members to determine the correlation scores In processes with many steps (over 10), process steps are first prioritized using a C&E Matrix Then, all Input Variables from the key process steps are prioritized for further action Marketing, Sales, QA/QC, and others should be utilized to determine customer ranking scores for Customer Requirements

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-9

C&E Matrix
Outputs
A prioritized list of Input Variables to investigate further using FMEA, Multi-vari, etc. Updated Control Plan focused on variables related to Customer Requirements Prioritization of potential Measurement Systems to be analyzed

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-10

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 5 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

C&E Matrix
Questions to Ask Who was on your team? Who determined the Customer Requirements weighting? Did you use the C&E Matrix to prioritize Process Steps to address first? How did the team determine the correlation values? Does the prioritization make sense? How many Uncontrolled Variables rated highly in the sorted matrix? How did the team determine the cut-off for variables to investigate further? Did your team include internal customer requirements? What are your next steps?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-11

C&E Matrix - Example


Rating of Importance to Customer 5 1 10 2 Quality to meet Expectations 7 3 8 1 10 2 8 3 5 4

1st Pass Efficiency

Capacity

On-time Delivery

Uptime

Total

Speed

Safety

Total

Process Step 14 16 7 9 17 19 2 8 5 26 10 28 6 11 21 Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat Pre-Heat

Process Input Plan Limits Roll Cleaning (frequency and procedure) Roll Surface Temperature Valve Positions Air Pressure to Control Valves Steam Pressure from Boiler Sheet Gauge (Variation) Roll Surface Quality Sheet Dryness Airborne Contaminant Level Roll Speeds Resin Properties Inlet Sheet Temperature Dancer Load Cell Calibration Bearing Lubrication 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 1 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 198 126 126 126 126 126 126 156 112 102 126 126 66 32 22 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 0 0 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 1 1 9 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 9 3 1 219 191 189 189 189 189 169 131 131 131 121 95 93 77 67

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-12

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 6 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

FMEA
Importance to Process Identifies potential risks to the process performance as related to the Customer Requirements Identifies prioritized actions to reduce risk Provides a history of actions taken to improve the process Provides a basis for a Troubleshooting Guide Application Methods The Project Leader will develop the initial FMEA inputs and use the Team members to complete the inputs and rate Severity, Occurrence, and Detection values Each prioritized Input Variable from the C&E Matrix should be evaluated with the FMEA Members of the Team determine top ranked Input Variables (highest RPNs) and assign actions to reduce the risk
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-13

FMEA
Outputs
A prioritized list of actions to take to reduce risk
Actions identify Who, What, and When

Re-evaluated impact of actions taken (new RPN value) Identification of variables to be investigated further using:
Measurement Systems Analysis Multi-vari studies DOE methods Control methods (Poka-yoke, SOPs, etc.)

Updated Control Plan Initial Troubleshooting Guide / Reaction Plan


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-14

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 7 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

FMEA
Questions to Ask Who was on your team? How were the Severity, Occurrence and Detection values determined by the team? What was the source of the rating scales for Severity, Occurrence and Detection? What are the top Input Variables? What actions are being taken and by whom? What barriers exist to completion of the top ranked items? Are there any quick fixes to be completed? Were Safety items included? How did the team decide what items to investigate further? How did the actions affect the process performance?
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-15

FMEA - Example
Process Step Key Process Input Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V How Severe is the effect to the cusotmer? Potential Causes O C C How often does cause or FM occur? Current Controls D E T How well can you detect cause or FM? 3 Alarm / operator response 3 Failed pressure transducer 10 Incorrect set-point 10 Control hardware failure 10 Control power failure 10 Control software error 10 Temperature sensor incorrect 10 Alarm setting incorrect 10 Alarm annuciator failure 10 1 3 None 10 100 4 None 10 300 2 Calibration PM 5 200 2 Unknown 10 200 3 None 10 200 6 Unknown 10 300 4 Plan limits 9 540 Calibration PM 5 200 3 90 90 R P N What is the process step What is the Key In what ways does the Key What is the impact on the Key Process Input? Input go wrong? Output Variables (Customer Requirements) or internal requirements? What causes the Key Input to go wrong? What are the existing controls and procedures (inspection and test) that prevent eith the cause or the Failure Mode? Should include an SOP number.

MDO Preheat

Roll Surface Temperature

Too high

Pick-off, scuffs, increased cleaning, increased scrap, decreased uptime

Control valve sticking 10 Control valve sticking 10 3

Valve positioner and valve PM

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-16

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 8 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Studying Measurement Systems


Once we have the right data we must determine our ability to measure it Information to be attained
How big is the measurement error? What are the sources of measurement error? Is the measurement system stable over time? Is it capable for this study? How do we improve the measurement system?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-17

Measurement Systems Analysis


Importance to Process

Measurement System error must be understood to determine the impact to ANY measurement made Measurement error can have a negative impact on a variety of future actions:
Capability assessment Multi-vari studies Statistical Process Control methods Testing for improvements (any statistical evaluation) Design of Experiments Tolerancing of designs Supplied material assessment Final product assessment etc.

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-18

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 9 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Measurement Systems Analysis


Application Methods
The Project Leader will conduct Measurement Systems Analysis (MSA) for appropriate process measures Team members and support personnel will be involved in MSA activities and improvements Initially, each measurement system used for measuring Output Variables and project metrics must be evaluated Eventually, measurement systems for Critical Input Variables must be evaluated and tracked
This is completed after the verification that the Input Variable has a need to be controlled through DOE

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-19

Measurement Systems Analysis


Outputs
Assessment of measurement system capability to measure:
Process changes (%R&R) Compliance to customer requirements (% P/T)

Actions required to make the measurement system effective in measuring process change and compliance to customer requirements Updated Control Plans and FMEA

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-20

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 10 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Measurement Systems Analysis


Questions to Ask Who performed the MSA? What are the %P/T and %R&R values? What was the main source of measurement error? What actions are necessary for improvement, and what impact will they have? How were the samples selected for the MSA? What is the measurement system acceptable for use in assessing Process Shift or Acceptance to Spec? What variable(s) have you completed MSA on - Output Variables or Input Variables? What effect will this measurement system have on Capability assessments, Multi-vari studies, and DOEs? How is the measurement capability going to be monitored into the future?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-21

MSA - Example

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-22

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 11 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Attribute Data MSA


If many people are evaluating the same thing they need to agree:
With each other With themselves

Attribute data contains less information than variables data, but often it is all thats available
Therefore, we must be diligent about the integrity of attribute measurement systems

The issue is
Can I rely on the data coming from my measurement system?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-23

Attribute MSA Goals


Determine:
% overall agreement % agreement within appraisers (Repeatability) % agreement between appraisers (Reproducibility) % agreement with known standard (Accuracy) Kappa (how much better the measurement system is than random chance)

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-24

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 12 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Kappa Techniques Kappa will be between -1 and +1 Kappa will be between -1 and +1
Kappa Value -1 to 0.0 > 0.60 > 0.70 > 0.90 Suggested Interpretation Random agreement Marginal - Significant effort required Good - Improvement warranted Excellent

A Kappa value of +1 means perfect agreement General Rule: If K<0.70, the measurement system needs attention!
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-25

Measurement Systems - Questions to Ask


Have you picked the right measurement system? Is this measurement system associated with either critical inputs or outputs? What do the precision, accuracy, and stability look like? What are the sources of variation and what is the measurement error? What needs to be done to improve this system? Have we informed the right people of our results? Who owns this measurement system? Who owns trouble shooting? Does this system have a control plan in place? Whats the training frequency? Is that frequent enough? Do identical systems match?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-26

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 13 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Capability Studies
Importance to Process
Initial capability (baseline) of the process to perform to customer requirements (Output Variables) needs to be determined before changes are made Assessment after improvements are made are used to establish the level of improvement and long-term performance to specification This is the basis for Statistical Tolerancing (used in designing new products) to provide more designs aligned better with manufacturability Provides an estimate of the percentage of product that will be non-conforming Provides first look into the sources of variation in the process through data-mining techniques
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-27

Capability Studies
Application Methods The Project Leader will conduct Capability Studies on appropriate project measures
Output Variables Business Metrics

Team members and support personnel will be involved in data collection Baseline performance, project goals and process entitlement values are established based on these studies Outputs Baseline, Goal and Entitlement values for Business Metrics and Updated Charter and FMEA reflecting new data Initial data analysis to identify potential sources of variation
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-28

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 14 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Capability Studies
Questions to Ask What variables have you conducted capability studies on? What is the expected Short Term and Long Term performance of that variable? What are the suspected contributing factors to the variation in the process? How does the measurement system performance impact the process capability? What should the goals for the process capability (Cp / Cpk) be based on the baseline data? Over what time frame were the data taken? How many data points / sub-groups were used to determine the process capability? Was the data normally distributed? How do we handle non-normal data?

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-29

Capability Study - Example

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-30

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 15 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Project Presentation

<Project Name>

<Belt> <Business Unit> <Champion> <Project Review Date>

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-31

Project Presentation <Name of Project>


<Brief Statement of Project Scope>

Belt Candidate: <name> <email> Team Members: <name> <email>

<Projected Financial Results>


Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-32

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 16 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Project Accomplishments To Date


Key Learning: Tools Used:

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-33

Project Accomplishments To Date


Obstacles Overcome: Benefits to Date:

Financial Results to Date:

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-34

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 17 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Tools Overview
<List tools utilized since the last project review>

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-35

Specific Tools Review


<What tool was used, where, how> <Output from Minitab> <Impact> <Benefit gained>

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-36

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 18 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Project Plans
<Upcoming planned activities and tools to be used to achieve the project deliverables>

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-37

Project Issues
<Obstacles that need to be overcome>

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-38

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 19 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Example Process Map


Questions
Who helped develop the map and what organizations do they represent? Does it reflect current state or the desired process? Are all non value-added steps included? What quick-hits did you find from this effort? What process steps does the team feel can be eliminated or combined to reduce opportunities for scrap and increase rate? What characterizes an Uncontrolled and a Controlled variable? How do we measure the product for defects within the process?
2

INPUTS
Techniques Procedures Raw Materials Rework Equipment Environment Cleanliness Dicy Solution Temp
PAPERWORK TURN STEAM ON TO DICY TANK

COMPOUNDING

OUTPUTS
Reactivity (Gel) Viscosity Cleanliness Color Homogeneity Consistency Batch to Batch Digestion Time Temperature

LOAD DMF

LOAD DICY

LOAD 2MI

BILL OF MATERIALS ISO PROCEDURES REWORK

SCALE ACCURACY PREHEATING

LOAD ACCURACY CLEANLINESS RAW MATERIAL

LOAD ACCURACY ENVIRONMENT (HUMIDITY) RAW MATERIAL MIXER SPEED LOAD DRUM STOCK TO PORTABLE

LOAD ACCURACY ENVIRONMENT (HUMIDITY) RAW MATERIAL MIXER SPEED

GET PORTABLE

CLEAN IF NECESSARY

LOAD SOLVENT TO PORTABLE

PROPER SIZE REWORK

CLEANLINESS CROSS CONTAMINATION

LOAD ACCURACY ENVIRONMENT RAW MATERIAL

LOAD ACCURACY ENVIRONMENT RAW MATERIAL MIXER SPEED

LOAD BULK MATERIAL TO PORTABLE LOAD ACCURACY ENVIRONMENT RAW MATERIAL MIXER SPEED

PUMP DICY SOLUTION TO PORTABLE PUMP RATE MIXER SPEED FILTERING TEMPERATURE COMPLETE SOLUTION

DIGEST

STAGE

BATCH TO TREATER

TIME MIX SPEED VENTING ENVIRONMENT

TIME MIX SPEED VENTING ENVIRONMENT

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-39

Example Cause and Effects Matrix


Questions
Who provided inputs to the Customer Requirements for this matrix? What groups determined the relationship ratings for the Inputs and Outputs? What method was used to determine the final relationship score? What actions are being taken on the top ranked Input Variables? Are there any quick hits that can be assigned to lower ranking Input Variables? Do the current Control Plans reflect the need to monitor these top Input Variables?
Cause and Effect Matrix
Rating of Importance to Customer 7 1 9 2 4 3 10 4 8 5 10 6

thickness

C overage

hardness

Process Step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Total Paint Paint Paint Prime Paint Paint Prime Prime Prime Prime Paint Paint Paint Prime Prime Prime

Process Input Nozzle type Paint viscosity Air pressure Primer age Paint age Surface contamination Air pressure Nozzle type Surface contamination Relative humidity Ambient temp Surface roughness Lot number Surface roughness Lot number Ambient temp 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 3 0 0 1 1 504 0 9 3 9 9 9 1 0 3 9 9 1 1 1 3 3 630 9 9 9 9 9 3 9 3 3 9 9 3 0 3 0 9 384 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 1 0 3 3 3 3 0 820 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 3 928 9 3 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 9 0 3 0 310 Total 351 324 318 282 282 272 270 237 208 206 196 174 137 123 102 94

Lower Spec Target Upper Spec This table provides the initial input to the FMEA. When each of the output variables (requirements) are not correct, that represents potential "EFFECTS". When each input variable is not correct, that represents "Failure Modes". 1. List the Key Process Output Variables 2. Rate each variable on a 1-to-10 scale to importantance to the customer 3. List Key Process Input Variables 4. Rate each variables relationship to each output variable on a 1to-10 scale

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-40

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

scheme

Surface

quality

Proper

Paint

Paint

R ate

Page 20 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Example FMEA
Questions
Who helped develop the FMEA and what organizations do they represent? Does the tool reflect current state or the desired process? What quick-hits did you find from this effort? What type of ranking system did you use ? Did you complete the actions recommended section of the tool ?
Process Step/Input Potential Failure Mode Potential Failure Effects S E V Potential Causes O C C Current Controls D E T R P N

Load DMF/DMF Load Accuracy Steam to DICY/Scale Accuracy Load DMF/DMF Load Accuracy Steam to DICY/Scale Accuracy Steam to DICY/Scale Accuracy

Mischarge of DMF

Viscosity out of spec

SOP not Followed

Operator Certification/ Process 5 175 Audit

Scale Not Zeroed

Mischarge DMF

Faulty Scale

None Maintenance Procedure (SOP 5821)/Visual Check Visual Check of Jacket (SOP 5681) Visual Check (SOP 5681)

54

Mischarge of DMF

Viscosity out of spec

Equipment Failure

42

Scale > 0

Low DMF Charge

Water in Jacket

24

Scale Inaccurate

High DMF Charge

Tank Hanging Up

24

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-41

Example Baseline Capability Data


Questions
What variables were evaluated? Are they stable? Are there explanations for out of control points? How long was the process monitored to determine stability? What are the largest types of variation over time - shift to shift, week to week, etc.?
6.00% 5.00% 4.00% 3.00% 2.00% 1.00% 0.00%

Registration Scrap Registration Scrap

Fiscal Week
Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-42

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 21 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Example MSA Results


Questions
What are the major sources of measurement error? How much measurement error exists in comparison to the process variation? In comparison to the customer requirements? Is the measurement system acceptable for the process improvement efforts? If not, what actions do you suggest? How were the samples chosen? Was the team sensitive to subgrouping for sample selection?
Gage R&R %Contribution (of VarComp) 10.67 3.10 7.56 2.19 5.37 89.33 100.00 Study Var (5.15 * SD) 0.34306 0.18509 0.28885 0.15553 0.24340 0.99282 1.05042 %Study Var (%SV) 32.66 17.62 27.50 14.81 23.17 94.52 100.00 %Tolerance (SV/Toler) 68.61 37.02 57.77 31.11 48.68 198.56 210.08 Source Total Gage R&R Repeatability Reproducibility Operator Operator*Sample Part-To-Part Total Variation VarComp 0.0044375 0.0012917 0.0031458 0.0009120 0.0022338 0.0371644 0.0416019

Source Total Gage R&R Repeatability Reproducibility Operator Operator*Sample Part-To-Part Total Variation

StdDev (SD) 0.066615 0.035940 0.056088 0.030200 0.047263 0.192781 0.203965

Number of Distinct Categories = 4

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-43

Example Capability Summary


Questions
What are the long and short term process capability values? How does this compare to the customers perspective of performance? Is there a significant opportunity to improve beyond current levels (i.e., how large is the gap between Cp and Ppk)? What are the definitions of defects and opportunities? Are the capabilities established for Input Variables and Output Variables from the C&E?
Customer Requirement (Output Variable) Fire Retardency Selvage Edge Consistency Membrane Stability Upper Lower %R&R or Spec Target Spec Cp P/T Ratio Limit Limit 25% 15% None 3 4.5 0.75 1.5 4 0.5 na 3.5 na 1.15 0.85 1.1 0.65 50 25

Measurement Technique UL 700 On-line Physical Measurement Oven Test

Cpk

Sample Date Size

Status

No Data Available Improvement Sep-95 Plan in Place Measurement Aug-95 Study Scheduled

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-44

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 22 402-108, Rev. C

SUMMARY

Summary of Week 1 Training


Effective team in place with clear goals and plans to achieve success Good understanding of the current process and its capabilities Measurement systems established and their capabilities understood Initial Control Plans in place and gaps identified Linkage between project goals and business impact is internalized by all Visible project plans at all levels

Rev. C January 2004 2003 by Sigma Breakthrough Technologies, Inc.

GB121-45

Six Sigma Training for Green Belts Week 1 Tyco, Six Sigma Operational Excellence

Page 23 402-108, Rev. C

You might also like